EX-13 5 d656045dex13.htm PORTIONS OF THE COMPANY 2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS PORTIONS OF THE COMPANY 2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 13

 

 

 

2013 FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

 

 

 

  16     

FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

 

CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

OTHER MATTERS

  57     

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

  58     

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  59     

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  60     

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  65     

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  108     

CONSOLIDATED FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

  109     

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN TO SHAREHOLDERS


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

FINANCIAL REVIEW

The financial section of American Express Company’s Annual Report consists of this Financial Review, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following discussion is designed to provide perspective and understanding regarding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations. Certain key terms are defined in the Glossary of Selected Terminology.

This Financial Review and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements exclude discontinued operations unless otherwise noted.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

BUSINESS INTRODUCTION

American Express Company (the Company) is a global services company, comprised of four reportable operating segments: U.S. Card Services (USCS), International Card Services (ICS), Global Commercial Services (GCS) and Global Network and Merchant Services (GNMS). The Company provides customers with access to products, insights and experiences that enrich lives and build business success. The Company’s principal products and services are charge and credit payment card products and travel-related services offered to consumers and businesses around the world. The Company’s range of products and services includes:

 

 

charge and credit card products;

 

 

expense management products and services;

 

 

consumer and business travel services;

 

 

stored-value products such as Travelers Cheques and other prepaid products;

 

 

network services;

 

 

merchant acquisition and processing, servicing and settlement, and point-of-sale, marketing and information products and services for merchants; and

 

 

fee services, including fraud prevention services and the design of customized customer loyalty and rewards programs.

The Company’s products and services are sold globally to diverse customer groups, including consumers, small businesses, mid-sized companies and large corporations. These products and services are sold through various channels, including direct mail, online applications, in-house and third-party sales forces and direct response advertising.

The Company competes in the global payments industry with charge, credit and debit card networks, issuers and acquirers, as well as evolving alternative payment mechanisms, systems and products. As the payments industry continues to evolve, the Company is facing increasing competition from non-traditional players that leverage new technologies and customers’ existing card accounts and bank relationships to create payment or other fee-based solutions. The Company is transforming its existing businesses and creating new products and services for the digital marketplace as it seeks to enhance its customers’ digital experiences and develop platforms for online and mobile commerce. Emerging technologies also provide an opportunity to deliver financial products and services that help new and existing customer segments move and manage their money, which we are pursuing through our Enterprise Growth Group (EGG).

The Company’s products and services generate the following types of revenue for the Company:

 

 

Discount revenue, the Company’s largest revenue source, which represents fees generally charged to merchants when Card Members use their cards to purchase goods and services at merchants on the Company’s network;

 

 

Net card fees, which represent revenue earned for annual card membership fees;

 

 

Travel commissions and fees, which are earned by charging a transaction or management fee to both customers and suppliers for travel-related transactions;

 

 

Other commissions and fees, which are earned on foreign exchange conversions, card-related fees and assessments and other service fees;

 

 

Other revenue, which represents revenues arising from contracts with partners of our Global Network Services (GNS) business (including royalties and signing fees), insurance premiums earned from Card Member travel and other insurance programs, Travelers Cheques and prepaid card-related revenues and other miscellaneous revenue and fees; and

 

 

Interest on loans, which principally represents interest income earned on outstanding balances.

In addition to funding and operating costs associated with these types of revenue, other major expense categories are related to marketing and rewards programs that add new Card Members and promote Card Member loyalty and spending, and provisions for Card Member credit and fraud losses.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

For 2013, the Company reported net income of $5.4 billion and diluted earnings per share of $4.88. This compared to $4.5 billion of net income and $3.89 diluted earnings per share for 2012 and $4.9 billion of net income and $4.09 diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for 2011.

2013 included a fourth quarter charge of $66 million ($41 million after-tax) related to a proposed merchant litigation settlement.

 

16


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

2012 results included:

 

 

$461 million ($328 million after-tax) of net charges for costs related to reengineering initiatives, including a $400 million ($287 million after-tax) restructuring charge in the fourth quarter;

 

 

$342 million ($212 million after-tax) in expense resulting from enhancements to the process that estimates future redemptions of Membership Rewards points by U.S. Card Members;

 

 

$153 million ($95 million after-tax) in charges related to Card Member reimbursements in the fourth quarter, in addition to amounts incurred in prior quarters during the year; and

 

 

A tax benefit of $146 million related to the realization of certain foreign tax credits.

2011 results from continuing operations included:

 

 

$300 million and $280 million ($186 million and $172 million after-tax) of benefits related to the MasterCard and Visa litigation settlements, respectively;

 

 

$188 million ($117 million after-tax) in expense reflecting enhancements to the process that estimates future redemptions of Membership Rewards points by U.S. Card Members;

 

 

$153 million ($106 million after-tax) of net charges for costs related to reengineering initiatives; and

 

 

Tax benefits of $102 million and $77 million related to the favorable resolution of certain prior years’ tax items and the realization of certain foreign tax credits, respectively.

FINANCIAL TARGETS

The Company seeks to achieve three financial targets, on average and over time:

 

 

Revenues net of interest expense growth of at least 8 percent;

 

 

Earnings per share (EPS) growth of 12 to 15 percent; and

 

 

Return on average equity (ROE) of 25 percent or more.

If the Company achieves its EPS and ROE targets, it will seek to return on average and over time approximately 50 percent of the capital it generates to shareholders as dividends or through the repurchases of common stock, which may be subject to certain regulatory restrictions as described herein.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND NON-GAAP MEASURES

Certain of the statements in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Refer to the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” section.

The Company prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). However, certain information included within this Annual Report constitute non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s calculations of non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the calculations of similarly titled measures by other companies.

BANK HOLDING COMPANY

The Company is a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and the Federal Reserve Board (Federal Reserve) is the Company’s primary federal regulator. As such, the Company is subject to the Federal Reserve’s regulations, policies and minimum capital standards.

CURRENT ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT/OUTLOOK

The Company’s results for 2013 reflect healthy spending growth, continuing strong credit quality, effective control of operating expenses and a strong capital position. Despite a challenging economic environment, billed business grew 7 percent over the prior year. Card Member billed business volumes grew both in the U.S. and internationally, and across all of the Company’s businesses.

The Company’s average loans also continued to grow year over year, which, along with a higher net yield and a lower cost of funds, led to a 9 percent increase in net interest income. At the same time, lending write-off rates remained at historically low levels. While the Company expects lending write-off rates will increase from such levels, the Company has not experienced overall credit deterioration, as total delinquency rates remained consistently low during the year.

The Company effectively controlled its expenses, with total expenses decreasing 1 percent over the prior year. The Company continued to invest in growth opportunities in the U.S. and internationally as marketing and promotion expense grew by 5 percent as compared to the prior year. Operating expenses decreased 4 percent as compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of the restructuring charge taken in the fourth quarter of 2012, adjusted operating expenses were flat year over year.1 The Company’s aim is to have operating expenses grow at an annual rate of less than 3 percent in 2014.

As discussed below within Certain Legislative, Regulatory and Other Developments, the regulatory environment continues to evolve and has heightened the focus that all financial services firms, including the Company, must have on their controls and processes. The review of products and practices will be a continuing focus of the Company, as well as by regulators. In addition, regulation of the payments industry has increased significantly in recent years and governments in several countries have established or are proposing to establish payment system regulatory regimes.

 

1   Adjusted operating expenses, a non-GAAP measure, is calculated by excluding from 2012 operating expenses of $13.2 billion the $400 million restructuring charge taken in the fourth quarter of 2012. The year over year growth rate is calculated by comparing 2012 adjusted operating expenses of $12.8 billion with 2013 operating expenses of $12.7 billion. Management believes adjusted operating expenses is a useful metric to evaluate the Company’s performance against its operating expense goal for 2013.

 

17


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Competition remains extremely intense across the Company’s businesses. While the Company’s business is diversified, including the corporate card business, a large international business and GNS partners around the world, the global economic environment remains challenging. In addition, any impact of potential U.S. income tax law changes or volatility in foreign exchange rates remains uncertain.

As announced during the third quarter of 2013, the Company plans to create a new joint venture for its Global Business Travel (GBT) operations. It is expected that GBT’s operations, business relationships and other assets would be held and operated by the joint venture entity. As presently contemplated, at the closing of the transaction the Company would maintain an approximate 50 percent ownership stake in the joint venture, while an investor group would own the remaining interest. The transaction remains subject to the execution of definitive agreements and receipt of regulatory and other approvals. Assuming these conditions are met, the Company would plan to close the transaction in the second quarter of 2014. The Company would expect to use a substantial portion of any gain recognized upon a closing of the transaction to invest in the Company’s growth initiatives.

 

18


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Refer to the “Glossary of Selected Terminology” for the definitions of certain key terms and related information appearing within this section.

TABLE 1: SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY’S FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and per share amounts)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues net of interest expense

   $ 32,974     $ 31,555     $ 29,962     $ 1,419       4   $ 1,593       5

Provisions for losses

     2,110       1,990       1,112       120       6       878       79  

Expenses

     22,976       23,114       21,894       (138     (1     1,220       6  

Income from continuing operations

     5,359       4,482       4,899       877       20       (417     (9

Net income

     5,359       4,482       4,935       877       20       (453     (9

Earnings per common share from continuing operations – diluted(a)

     4.88       3.89       4.09       0.99       25       (0.20     (5

Earnings per common share – diluted(a)

   $ 4.88     $ 3.89     $ 4.12     $ 0.99       25   $ (0.23     (6 )% 

Return on average equity(b)

     27.8     23.1     27.7        

Return on average tangible common equity(c)

     34.9     29.2     35.8                                

 

(a) Earnings per common share from continuing operations — diluted and Earnings per common share — diluted were both reduced by the impact of earnings allocated to participating share awards and other items of $47 million, $49 million and $58 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b) ROE is computed by dividing (i) one-year period net income ($5.4 billion, $4.5 billion and $4.9 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively) by (ii) one-year average total shareholders’ equity ($19.3 billion, $19.4 billion and $17.8 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively).
(c) Return on average tangible common equity, a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner as ROE except the computation of average tangible common equity, a non-GAAP measure, excludes from average total shareholders’ equity, average goodwill and other intangibles of $4.1 billion, $4.2 billion and $4.2 billion as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company believes return on average tangible common equity is a useful measure of the profitability of its business.

TABLE 2: TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE SUMMARY

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages, per share amounts and ratio data)

   2013      2012      2011     

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discount revenue

   $ 18,695      $ 17,739      $ 16,734      $ 956       5   $ 1,005       6

Net card fees

     2,631        2,506        2,448        125       5       58       2  

Travel commissions and fees

     1,913        1,940        1,971        (27     (1     (31     (2

Other commissions and fees

     2,414        2,317        2,269        97       4       48       2  

Other

     2,274        2,425        2,164        (151     (6     261       12  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-interest revenues

     27,927        26,927        25,586        1,000       4       1,341       5  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total interest income

     7,005        6,854        6,696        151       2       158       2  

Total interest expense

     1,958        2,226        2,320        (268     (12     (94     (4

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest income

     5,047        4,628        4,376        419       9       252       6  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense

   $ 32,974      $ 31,555      $ 29,962      $ 1,419       4   $ 1,593       5

 

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount revenue increased $956 million or 5 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $1,005 million or 6 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects a 7 percent increase in worldwide billed business, which was partially offset by faster growth in GNS billings than overall Company billings, higher contra-revenue items, including cash rebate rewards, and a slight decline in the average discount rate. U.S. billed business and billed business outside the U.S. increased 8 percent and 6 percent, respectively, in 2013 as compared to the prior year, reflecting increases in average spending per proprietary basic card and basic cards-in-force. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates billed business outside the U.S. increased 10 percent. See Tables 5 and 6 for more detail on billed business performance. The 2012 increase in discount revenue as compared to 2011 reflects an 8 percent increase in worldwide billed business volumes, partially offset by a slight decline in the average discount rate and higher contra-revenue items, including cash rebate rewards and corporate client incentives. The average discount rate was 2.51 percent and 2.52 percent for 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over time, changes in the mix of spending by location and industry, volume-related pricing discounts, strategic investments, certain pricing initiatives and other factors will likely result in further erosion of the average discount rate.

Net card fees increased $125 million or 5 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $58 million or 2 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects higher average proprietary cards-in-force and higher average card fees in ICS and USCS. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, net card fees increased 8 percent in 2013 compared to 2012.2 The increase in 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects higher average proprietary cards-in-force.

 

2   The foreign currency adjusted information, a non-GAAP measure, assumes a constant exchange rate between the periods being compared for purposes of currency translation into U.S. dollars (i.e., assumes the foreign exchange rates used to determine results for the current year apply to the corresponding year period against which such results are being compared). The Company believes the presentation of information on a foreign currency adjusted basis is helpful to investors by making it easier to compare the Company’s performance in one period to that of another period without the variability caused by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

19


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Travel commissions and fees decreased $27 million or 1 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $31 million or 2 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease in 2013 reflects flat sales in business travel and a 2 percent decline in U.S. consumer travel sales. The decrease in 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects a 1 percent decline in worldwide travel sales. In 2012, business travel sales declined 4 percent, while U.S. consumer travel sales increased 12 percent.

Other commissions and fees increased $97 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $48 million or 2 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase was primarily due to lower Card Member reimbursements versus the prior year and marginally higher late fees and foreign currency conversion revenues, as well as higher revenue from the Company’s Loyalty Partner business. The increase in 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects higher revenues from the Loyalty Partner business.

Other revenues decreased $151 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and increased $261 million or 12 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 decrease reflects the effect of a benefit in the first half of 2012 due to revised estimates of the liability for uncashed Travelers Cheques in certain international countries. The decrease also reflects the loss of revenue from the publishing business in the fourth quarter of 2013, and higher Card Member reimbursements within other revenue in 2013 as compared to 2012. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in Loyalty Edge revenue from additional client signings and a larger gain on the sale of investment securities in 2013. The increase in 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects higher gains on the sale of investment securities, higher GNS partner royalty revenues, and the previously mentioned favorable effects of revised estimates in the liability for uncashed Travelers Cheques in international countries.

Interest income increased $151 million or 2 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $158 million or 2 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The increase in both years reflects an increase in interest on loans driven by higher average Card Member loans, partially offset by decreases in interest and dividends on investment securities driven by lower average investment securities.

Interest expense decreased $268 million or 12 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $94 million or 4 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease in both years was due to lower interest on deposits, reflecting a lower cost of funds, partially offset by increases in average customer deposit balances. The decreases also reflect lower interest on long-term debt and other, lower average long-term debt balances and, in 2013, a lower cost of funds on long-term debt.

 

TABLE 3: PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES SUMMARY

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013      2012      2011     

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge card

   $ 789      $ 742      $ 770      $ 47       6   $ (28     (4 )% 

Card Member loans

     1,229        1,149        253        80       7       896       #  

Other

     92        99        89        (7     (7     10       11  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total provisions for losses

   $ 2,110      $ 1,990      $ 1,112      $ 120       6   $ 878       79

 

# Denotes a variance of more than 100 percent.

 

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Charge card provision for losses increased $47 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and decreased $28 million or 4 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects higher average Card Member receivable balances resulting in higher amounts of net write-offs, partially offset by a higher reserve release in 2013 than 2012. The 2012 decrease reflects a net reserve release in 2012 compared to a reserve build in 2011. Card Member loans provision for losses increased $80 million or 7 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $896 million or over 100 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects lower reserve releases as compared to the prior year, partially offset by the benefit of lower net write-offs in 2013 due to improved credit performance. The 2012 increase from 2011 reflects a smaller reserve release in 2012 than in 2011. Other provision for losses decreased $7 million or 7 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and increased $10 million or 11 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

20


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 4: EXPENSES SUMMARY

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013      2012      2011     

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketing and promotion

   $ 3,043      $ 2,890      $ 2,996      $ 153       5   $ (106     (4 )% 

Card Member rewards

     6,457        6,282        6,218        175       3       64       1  

Card Member services

     767        772        716        (5     (1     56       8  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     10,267        9,944        9,930        323       3       14        

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Salaries and employee benefits

     6,191        6,597        6,252        (406     (6     345       6  

Other, net

     6,518        6,573        5,712        (55     (1     861       15  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

   $ 22,976      $ 23,114      $ 21,894      $ (138     (1 )%    $ 1,220       6

 

EXPENSES

Marketing and promotion expenses increased $153 million or 5 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and decreased $106 million or 4 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects higher spend on Card Member acquisition marketing. The 2012 decrease reflects lower loyalty and brand advertising.

Card Member rewards expenses increased $175 million or 3 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and $64 million or 1 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 increase reflects higher co-brand rewards expenses of $283 million, primarily relating to higher spending volumes, partially offset by a decrease in Membership Rewards expenses of $108 million. The 2013 decrease in Membership Rewards expenses resulted primarily from:

 

 

a $208 million decrease related to the liability for Membership Rewards points earned by Card Members but not redeemed. This decrease includes the impact of a $342 million prior year expense relating to enhancements made to the U.S. URR estimation process which was partially offset by a net increase in expenses related to slower average declines in the WAC per point assumption and slower average growth in the URR as compared to the prior year, and

 

 

a $100 million increase relating to higher new points earned. The increase for new points earned in 2013 was lower than the 2012 increase, primarily as a result of a decline in WAC per point during 2013, in relation to 2012.

The 2012 increase reflects higher co-brand rewards expenses of $148 million, primarily relating to higher spending volumes, partially offset by a decrease in Membership Rewards expenses of $84 million. The 2012 decrease in Membership Rewards expenses resulted primarily from:

 

 

a $353 million decrease related to the liability for Membership Rewards points earned by Card Members but not yet redeemed. This decrease includes the aforementioned enhancements to the U.S. URR estimation process of $342 million recognized in 2012 which was more than offset by a $188 million expense relating to enhancements to the U.S. URR estimation process in 2011 and a net decrease in expenses related to slower average URR growth and favorable changes in the WAC per point assumption, and

 

 

a $269 million increase relating to higher new points earned.

The Company’s Membership Rewards URR for current program participants was 94 percent (rounded down) at December 31, 2013, an increase from 94 percent (rounded up) at December 31, 2012 and 92 percent (rounded down) at December 31, 2011. The increases in the URR reflect greater engagement in the Company’s Membership Rewards program.

Card Member services expenses decreased $5 million or 1 percent in 2013 compared to 2012, and increased $56 million or 8 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2012 increase was driven by increases in the costs associated with enhanced benefits to U.S. Card Members.

Salaries and employee benefits expenses decreased $406 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and increased $345 million or 6 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The change in both years was primarily driven by the restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Other, net decreased $55 million or 1 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012, and increased $861 million or 15 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The 2013 decrease reflects higher Card Member reimbursements and investment impairments in the prior year. This decrease was partially offset by higher professional services expenses in the current year driven by increased investments in technology development and other investments in the business, as well as higher occupancy and equipment expenses, primarily reflecting higher data processing expenses as well as the fourth quarter proposed merchant litigation settlement. The 2012 increase reflects the absence of the benefits of the Visa and MasterCard litigation settlement payments that ceased in the fourth quarter 2011. In addition, the increase includes higher costs associated with Card Member reimbursements of $143 million in 2012, as well as impairments of certain cost method investments.

INCOME TAXES

The effective tax rate on continuing operations was 32.1 percent in 2013 compared to 30.5 percent in 2012 and 29.6 percent in 2011. The tax rate for 2013 included benefits of $150 million related to the resolution of certain prior years’ items. The tax rates for 2012 and 2011 included benefits of $146 million and $77 million, respectively, related to the realization of certain foreign tax credits. The tax rate for 2011 also included a benefit of $102 million related to the resolution of certain prior years’ tax items.

The tax rates in all years reflect the level of pretax income in relation to recurring permanent tax benefits and variances in the geographic mix of business.

 

21


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 5: SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              
Years Ended December 31,    2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card billed business: (billions)

          

United States

   $ 637.0     $ 590.7     $ 542.8       8     9

Outside the United States

     315.4       297.7       279.4       6       7  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

   $ 952.4     $ 888.4     $ 822.2       7       8  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total cards-in-force: (millions)

          

United States

     53.1       52.0       50.6       2       3  

Outside the United States

     54.1       50.4       46.8       7       8  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     107.2       102.4       97.4       5       5  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Basic cards-in-force: (millions)

          

United States

     41.1       40.3       39.3       2       3  

Outside the United States

     44.0       40.5       37.4       9       8  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     85.1       80.8       76.7       5       5  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Average discount rate

     2.51     2.52     2.54    

Average basic Card Member spending (dollars)(a)

   $ 16,334     $ 15,720     $ 14,881       4       6  

Average fee per card (dollars)(a)

     40       39       39       3        

Average fee per card adjusted (dollars)(a)

   $ 44     $ 43     $ 43       2    

 

(a) Average basic Card Member spending and average fee per card are computed from proprietary card activities only. Average fee per card is computed based on net card fees, including the amortization of deferred direct acquisition costs divided by average worldwide proprietary cards-in-force. The adjusted average fee per card, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner, but excludes amortization of deferred direct acquisition costs. The amount of amortization excluded was $262 million, $257 million and $219 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company presents adjusted average fee per card because the Company believes this metric presents a useful indicator of card fee pricing across a range of its proprietary card products.

 

22


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 6: SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

      2013     2012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage Increase
(Decrease) Assuming
No Changes in
Foreign Exchange
Rates (a)
    Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage Increase
(Decrease) Assuming
No Changes in
Foreign Exchange
Rates (a)
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Worldwide(b)

        

Billed business

     7     8     8     9

Proprietary billed business

     6       7       8       8  

GNS billed business(c)

     12       16       10       14  

Airline-related volume

        

(9% and 10% of worldwide billed business
for 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     3       3       3       4   

United States(b)

        

Billed business

     8         9    

Proprietary consumer card billed
business(d)

     7         8    

Proprietary small business billed
business(d)

     11         12    

Proprietary corporate services billed
business(e)

     8         11    

T&E-related volume

        

(26% and 27% of U.S. billed business
for 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     6         6    

Non-T&E-related volume

        

(74% and 73% of U.S. billed business
for 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     9         10    

Airline-related volume

        

(8% and 9% of U.S. billed business
for 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     4         4    

Outside the United States(b)

        

Billed business

     6       10       7       10  

Japan, Asia Pacific & Australia (JAPA)
billed business

     6       13       12       12  

Latin America & Canada (LACC)
billed business

     6       11       7       12  

Europe, the Middle East & Africa
(EMEA) billed business

     7       6              5  

Proprietary consumer and small business billed business(f)

     2       6       4       6  

JAPA billed business

     (4     6       7       7  

LACC billed business

     4       7       5       8  

EMEA billed business

     7       6       (1     4  

Proprietary corporate services billed business(e)

     2     3     3     7

 

(a) The foreign currency adjusted information assumes a constant exchange rate between the periods being compared for purposes of currency translation into U.S. dollars (i.e., assumes the foreign exchange rates used to determine results for the current year apply to the corresponding year-earlier period against which such results are being compared). The Company believes the presentation of information on a foreign currency adjusted basis is helpful to investors by making it easier to compare the Company’s performance in one period to that of another period without the variability caused by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
(b) Captions in the table above not designated as “proprietary” or “GNS” include both proprietary and GNS data.
(c) Included in the GNMS segment.
(d) Included in the USCS segment.
(e) Included in the GCS segment.
(f) Included in the ICS segment.

 

23


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 7: SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Worldwide Card Member receivables

          

Total receivables (billions)

   $ 44.2     $ 42.8     $ 40.9       3     5

Loss reserves:

          

Beginning balance

     428       438       386       (2     13  

Provisions(a)

     647       601       603       8        

Other additions(b)

     142       141       167       1       (16

Net write-offs(c)

     (669     (640     (560     5       14  

Other deductions(d)

     (162     (112     (158     45       (29

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Ending balance

   $ 386     $ 428     $ 438       (10 )%      (2 )% 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

% of receivables

     0.9     1.0     1.1    

Net write-off rate – principal only – USCS(e)

     1.7     1.9     1.7    

Net write-off rate – principal and fees – USCS(e)

     1.9     2.1     1.9    

30 days past due as a % of total – USCS

     1.6     1.8     1.9    

Net loss ratio as a % of charge volume – ICS/GCS

     0.12     0.10     0.09    

90 days past billing as a % of total – ICS/GCS

     1.0     0.9     0.9    

Worldwide Card Member loans

          

Total loans (billions)

   $ 67.2     $ 65.2     $ 62.6       3     4

Loss reserves:

          

Beginning balance

     1,471       1,874       3,646       (22     (49

Provisions(a)

     1,114       1,031       145       8       #  

Other additions(b)

     115       118       108       (3     9  

Net write-offs – principal only(c)

     (1,141     (1,280     (1,720     (11     (26

Net write-offs – interest and fees(c)

     (150     (157     (201     (4     (22

Other deductions(d)

     (148     (115     (104     29       11  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Ending balance

   $ 1,261     $ 1,471     $ 1,874       (14     (22

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Ending reserves – principal only

   $ 1,212     $ 1,423     $ 1,818       (15     (22

Ending reserves – interest and fees

   $ 49     $ 48     $ 56       2       (14

% of loans

     1.9     2.3     3.0    

% of past due

     169     182     206    

Average loans (billions)

   $ 63.3     $ 61.5     $ 59.1       3     4

Net write-off rate – principal only(e)

     1.8     2.1     2.9    

Net write-off rate – principal, interest and fees(e)

     2.0     2.3     3.3    

30 days past due as a % of total

     1.1     1.2     1.5    

Net interest income divided by average loans(f)

     8.0     7.5     7.4    

Net interest yield on Card Member loans(f)

     9.3     9.1     9.1                

 

 # Denotes a variance greater than 100 percent.
(a) Provisions for principal (resulting from authorized transactions), interest and/or fees on Card Member loans and principal (resulting from authorized transactions) and fee reserve components on Card Member receivables.
(b) Provisions for unauthorized transactions.
(c) Net write-offs, less recoveries.
(d) For Card Member receivables, includes net write-offs resulting from unauthorized transactions of $(160) million, $(141) million and $(161) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; foreign currency translation adjustments of $(4) million, $2 million and $(2) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; a reclassification of Card Member bankruptcy reserves of $18 million from other liabilities to credit reserves in 2012; and other items of $2 million, $9 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For Card Member loans, includes net write-offs for unauthorized transactions of $(130) million, $(116) million and $(103) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; foreign currency translation adjustments of $(12) million, $7 million and $(2) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; a reclassification of Card Member bankruptcy reserves of $4 million from other liabilities to credit reserves in 2012; and other items of $(6) million, $(10) million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(e) The Company presents a net write-off rate based on principal losses only (i.e., excluding interest and/or fees) to be consistent with industry convention. In addition, because the Company’s practice is to include uncollectible interest and/or fees as part of its total provision for losses, a net write-off rate including principal, interest and/or fees is also presented.
(f) Refer to the following table for the calculation of net interest yield on Card Member loans, a non-GAAP measure, net interest income divided by average loans, a GAAP measure, and the Company’s rationale for presenting net interest yield on Card Member loans.

 

24


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 8: NET INTEREST YIELD ON CARD MEMBER LOANS

 

                                                        

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where
indicated)

   2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 5,047     $ 4,628     $ 4,376  

Exclude:

      

Interest expense not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     1,181       1,366       1,445  

Interest income not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     (361     (401     (476

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net interest income(a)

   $ 5,867     $ 5,593     $ 5,345  

Average loans (billions)

   $ 63.3     $ 61.5     $ 59.1  

Exclude:

      

Unamortized deferred card fees, net of direct acquisition costs of Card Member loans, and other (billions)

     (0.3     (0.2     (0.1

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted average loans (billions)(a)

   $ 63.0     $ 61.3     $ 59.0  

Net interest income divided by average loans

     8.0     7.5     7.4

Net interest yield on Card Member loans(a)

     9.3     9.1     9.1

 

(a) Adjusted average loans, adjusted net interest income and net interest yield on Card Member loans are non-GAAP measures. The Company believes adjusted net interest income and adjusted average loans are useful to investors because they are components of net interest yield on Card Member loans, which provides a measure of profitability of the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio.

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS OVERVIEW

The Company considers a combination of factors when evaluating the composition of its reportable operating segments, including the results reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, economic characteristics, products and services offered, classes of customers, product distribution channels, geographic considerations (primarily U.S. versus non-U.S.) and regulatory environment considerations. Refer to Note 25 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of the products and services by segment.

Results of the business segments essentially treat each segment as a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives these results allocates revenue and expense using various methodologies as described below.

Refer to the “Glossary of Selected Terminology” for the definitions of certain key terms and related information appearing in this section.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

The Company allocates discount revenue and certain other revenues among segments using a transfer pricing methodology. Within the USCS, ICS and GCS segments, discount revenue reflects the issuer component of the overall discount revenue generated by each segment’s Card Members; within the GNMS segment, discount revenue reflects the network and acquirer component of the overall discount revenue. Net card fees and travel commissions and fees are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported.

Interest and fees on loans and certain investment income is directly attributable to the segment in which it is reported. Interest expense reflects an allocated funding cost based on a combination of segment funding requirements and internal funding rates.

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

The provisions for losses are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported.

EXPENSES

Marketing and promotion expenses are reflected in each segment based on actual expenses incurred, with the exception of brand advertising, which is primarily reflected in the GNMS and USCS segments. Rewards and Card Member services expenses are reflected in each segment based on actual expenses incurred within each segment.

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses reflect expenses such as professional services, occupancy and equipment and communications incurred directly within each segment. In addition, expenses related to the Company’s support services, such as technology costs, are allocated to each segment primarily based on support service activities directly attributable to the segment. Other overhead expenses, such as staff group support functions, are allocated from Corporate & Other to the other segments based on a mix of each segment’s direct consumption of services and relative level of pretax income.

CAPITAL

Each business segment is allocated capital based on established business model operating requirements, risk measures and regulatory capital requirements. Business model operating requirements include capital needed to support operations and specific balance sheet items. The risk measures include considerations for credit, market and operational risk.

INCOME TAXES

An income tax provision (benefit) is allocated to each business segment based on the effective tax rates applicable to various businesses that comprise the segment.

 

25


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

U.S. CARD SERVICES SEGMENT

TABLE 9: USCS SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

              

Discount revenue, net card fees and other

   $ 12,123     $ 11,469     $ 10,804     $ 654       6   $ 665       6

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest income

     5,565       5,342       5,074       223       4       268       5  

Interest expense

     693       765       807       (72     (9     (42     (5

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest income

     4,872       4,577       4,267       295       6       310       7  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense

     16,995       16,046       15,071       949       6       975       6  

Provisions for losses

     1,417       1,429       687       (12     (1     742       #  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense after provisions for losses

     15,578       14,617       14,384       961       7       233       2  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Expenses

              

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     6,825       6,552       6,593       273       4       (41     (1

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses

     3,759       3,996       3,662       (237     (6     334       9  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

     10,584       10,548       10,255       36             293       3  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pretax segment income

     4,994       4,069       4,129       925       23       (60     (1

Income tax provision

     1,801       1,477       1,449       324       22       28       2  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Segment income

   $ 3,193     $ 2,592     $ 2,680     $ 601       23   $ (88     (3 )% 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Effective tax rate

     36.1 %     36.3     35.1                                

 

# Denotes a variance greater than 100 percent.

 

USCS issues a wide range of card products and services to consumers and small businesses in the U.S., and provides consumer travel services to Card Members and other consumers.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues increased $654 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher discount revenue, resulting from billed business growth, and higher net card fees, partially offset by higher Card Member reimbursements within other revenue. Billed business increased 8 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 5 percent increase in average spending per proprietary basic card and 4 percent higher cards-in-force.

Interest income increased $223 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a 4 percent increase in average Card Member loans and higher net interest yield on Card Member loans as compared to the prior year.

Interest expense decreased $72 million or 9 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, due to a lower cost of funds, partially offset by higher average Card Member receivable and loan balances.

Total revenues net of interest expense increased $975 million or 6 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by higher discount revenue, increased net interest income, higher other revenues and higher net card fees.

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Provisions for losses decreased $12 million or 1 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.

Provisions for losses increased $742 million or over 100 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting a smaller reserve release in 2012 than in 2011, partially offset by lower net write-offs in 2012.

Refer to Table 10 for the lending and charge card write-off rates for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

EXPENSES

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased $273 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting higher marketing and promotion expenses and higher Card Member rewards in 2013. Card Member rewards expenses increased $78 million or 2 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012. The increase reflects higher co-brand rewards expenses of $265 million, primarily related to higher spending volumes, partially offset by a decrease in Membership Rewards expenses of $187 million. The 2013 decrease in Membership Rewards expenses resulted primarily from an increase in expenses relating to higher new points earned which was more than offset by a decrease in expenses related to the liability for Membership Rewards points earned by Card Members but not redeemed. This decrease includes the impact of a $317 million prior year expense relating to enhancements made to the U.S. URR estimation process which was partially offset by a net increase in expenses related to slower average declines in the WAC per point assumption and slower average growth in the URR as compared to the prior year.

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses decreased $41 million or 1 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, due to lower marketing, promotion and rewards expenses, partially offset by higher Card Member services expenses. Card Member rewards expenses decreased $33 million or 1 percent in 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease reflects higher co-brand rewards expenses of $75 million, primarily relating to higher spending volumes, which was more than offset by a decrease in Membership Rewards expenses of $108 million. The 2012 decrease in Membership Rewards expenses resulted primarily from an increase in expenses relating to higher new points earned which was more than offset by a decrease in expenses related to the liability for Membership Rewards points earned by Card Members but not yet redeemed. This decrease includes the aforementioned enhancements to the U.S. URR estimation process of $317 million recognized in 2012 which was more than offset by a $188 million expense relating to enhancements to the U.S. URR estimation process in 2011 and a decrease in expenses related to slower average URR growth and favorable changes in the WAC per point assumption.

 

26


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses decreased $237 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, reflecting lower Card Member reimbursement costs, as compared to the prior year. The 2013 decrease also reflects the restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2012. Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $334 million or 9 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by higher other operating expenses related to Card Member reimbursement costs, an increase in expenses related to higher costs associated with hedging the Company’s fixed rate debt exposures and higher restructuring charges.

INCOME TAXES

The tax rate in all periods reflects the benefits from the resolution of certain prior years’ tax items and the relationship of recurring permanent tax benefits to varying levels of pretax income.

 

TABLE 10: USCS SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card billed business (billions)

   $ 501.0     $ 462.3     $ 424.3       8     9

Total cards-in-force

     43.7       42.2       40.9       4       3  

Basic cards-in-force

     32.5       31.3       30.4       4       3  

Average basic Card Member spending (dollars)*

   $ 15,689     $ 14,986     $ 14,124       5       6  

U.S. Consumer Travel:

          

Travel sales

   $ 3,967     $ 4,042     $ 3,603       (2     12  

Travel commissions and fees/sales

     7.1     7.6     8.3    

Total segment assets (billions)

   $ 103.5     $ 98.3     $ 97.8       5       1  

Segment capital

   $ 9,269     $ 8,714     $ 8,804       6       (1

Return on average segment capital(a)

     35.6     28.8     33.0    

Return on average tangible segment capital(a)

     37.0     30.1     34.8    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Card Member receivables:

          

Total receivables (billions)

   $ 21.8     $ 21.1     $ 20.6       3       2  

30 days past due as a % of total

     1.6     1.8     1.9    

Average receivables (billions)

   $ 20.6     $ 19.8     $ 18.8       4       5  

Net write-off rate – principal only(b)

     1.7     1.9     1.7    

Net write-off rate – principal, interest and fees(b)

     1.9     2.1     1.9    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Card Member loans:

          

Total loans (billions)

   $ 58.4     $ 56.0     $ 53.7       4     4

30 days past due loans as a % of total

     1.1     1.2     1.4    

Net write-off rate – principal only(b)

     1.8     2.1     2.9    

Net write-off rate – principal, interest and fees(b)

     2.0     2.3     3.2    

Calculation of Net Interest Yield on Card Member Loans:

          

Net interest income

   $ 4,872     $ 4,577     $ 4,267      

Exclude:

          

Interest expense not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     183       204       233      

Interest income not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     (9     (9     (10    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted net interest income(c)

   $ 5,046     $ 4,772     $ 4,490      

Average loans (billions)

   $ 54.7     $ 52.8     $ 50.3      

Exclude:

          

Unamortized deferred card fees, net of direct acquisition costs of Card Member loans (billions)

                      

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted average loans (billions)(c)

   $ 54.7     $ 52.8     $ 50.3      

Net interest income divided by average loans

     8.9     8.7     8.5    

Net interest yield on Card Member loans(c)

     9.2     9.0     8.9                

 

 * Proprietary cards only.
(a) Return on average segment capital is calculated by dividing (i) one-year period segment income ($3.2 billion, $2.6 billion and $2.7 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively) by (ii) one-year average segment capital ($9.0 billion for both 2013 and 2012 and $8.1 billion for 2011). Return on average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner as return on average segment capital except the computation of average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, excludes from average segment capital average goodwill and other intangibles of $334 million, $379 million and $425 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company believes return on average tangible segment capital is a useful measure of the profitability of its business.
(b) Refer to Table 7 footnote (e) on page 24.
(c) Adjusted net interest income, adjusted average loans and net interest yield on Card Member loans are non-GAAP measures. Refer to “Glossary of Selected Terminology” for the definitions of these terms. The Company believes adjusted net interest income and adjusted average loans are useful to investors because they are components of net interest yield on Card Member loans, which provides a measure of profitability of the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio.

 

27


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

INTERNATIONAL CARD SERVICES SEGMENT

TABLE 11: ICS SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

              

Discount revenue, net card fees and other

   $ 4,644     $ 4,561     $ 4,470     $ 83       2   $ 91       2

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest income

     1,118       1,147       1,195       (29     (3     (48     (4

Interest expense

     361       402       426       (41     (10     (24     (6

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest income

     757       745       769       12       2       (24     (3

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense

     5,401       5,306       5,239       95       2       67       1  

Provisions for losses

     444       330       268       114       35       62       23  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense after provisions for losses

     4,957       4,976       4,971       (19           5         

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Expenses

              

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     2,013       1,927       1,857       86       4       70       4  

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses

     2,301       2,390       2,352       (89     (4     38       2  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

     4,314       4,317       4,209       (3           108       3  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pretax segment income

     643       659       762       (16     (2     (103     (14

Income tax provision

     12       25       39       (13     (52     (14     (36

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Segment income

   $ 631     $ 634     $ 723     $ (3       $ (89     (12 )% 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     1.9     3.8     5.1                                

 

ICS issues proprietary consumer and small business cards outside the U.S.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues increased $83 million or 2 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in net card fees, as well as higher Loyalty Partner commissions and fees and foreign exchange conversion fee revenue. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues increased 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.3

Billed business increased 2 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting an increase in average spending per proprietary basic card. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, billed business increased 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year. Refer to Table 6 for additional information on billed business by region.

Interest income decreased $29 million or 3 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower average Card Member loans as well as charges related to Card Member reimbursements in 2013. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest income increased 1 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.3

Interest expense decreased $41 million or 10 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, reflecting a lower cost of funds. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest expense decreased 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.3

Total revenues net of interest expense increased $67 million or 1 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues, partially offset by lower net interest income.

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Provisions for losses increased $114 million or 35 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a higher provision for both charge cards and Card Member loans. The increase in charge card provision reflects higher average receivables resulting in higher net write-offs and a reserve build in 2013. The increase in Card Member loans provision reflects a lower reserve release compared to the prior year, partially offset by lower net write-offs. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, provisions for losses increased 38 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.3

Provisions for losses increased $62 million or 23 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by higher Card Member loans provision due to lower reserve releases in 2012, partially offset by lower charge card provision and lower Card Member lending net write-off rates.

Refer to Table 12 for the lending and charge write-off rates for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

EXPENSES

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased $86 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, driven primarily by higher Card Member rewards expenses, which includes a charge related to a change in the International Membership Rewards URR estimation process for certain international countries, as well as higher marketing and promotion expenses. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased 8 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.3 Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased $70 million or 4 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, driven by higher volume-related rewards costs and co-brand expenses and higher Card Member services expenses, partially offset by lower marketing and promotion expenses.

 

3   Refer to footnote 2 on page 19 relating to changes in foreign exchange rates.

 

28


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses decreased $89 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by lower salaries and employee benefits, as well as lower other operating expenses reflecting the restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2012. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses decreased 1 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year.4 Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $38 million or 2 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher restructuring charges, partially offset by lower other operating expenses.

 

4   Refer to footnote 2 on page 19 relating to changes in foreign exchange rates.

INCOME TAXES

The effective tax rate in all periods reflects the recurring permanent tax benefit related to the segment’s ongoing funding activities outside the U.S., which is allocated to ICS under the Company’s internal tax allocation process. The effective tax rate for 2013 also reflects the allocated share of tax benefits related to the resolution of certain prior years’ items and the effective tax rate for 2012 and 2011 reflects the allocated share of tax benefits related to the realization of certain foreign tax credits. In addition, the effective tax rate in each of the periods reflects the impact of recurring permanent tax benefits on varying levels of pretax income.

 

29


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 12: ICS SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011     Change
  2013 vs. 2012
    Change
  2012 vs. 2011
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card billed business (billions)

   $ 131.7     $ 128.9     $ 124.2       2     4

Total cards-in-force

     15.7       15.6       15.3       1       2  

Basic cards-in-force

     10.7       10.6       10.5       1       1  

Average basic Card Member spending (dollars)*

   $ 12,429     $ 12,221     $ 11,935       2       2  

International Consumer Travel:

          

Travel sales

   $ 1,420     $ 1,372     $ 1,324       3       4  

Travel commissions and fees/sales

     6.9     7.2     7.8    

Total segment assets (billions)

   $ 31.1     $ 31.8     $ 29.1       (2     9  

Segment capital

   $ 3,132     $ 2,875     $ 2,840       9       1  

Return on average segment capital(a)

     20.9     21.8     25.8    

Return on average tangible segment capital(a)

     38.8     43.0     49.8    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Card Member receivables:

          

Total receivables (billions)

   $ 7.8     $ 7.8     $ 7.2             8  

90 days past billing as a % of total

     1.1     0.9     0.9    

Net loss ratio (as a % of charge volume)

     0.20     0.16     0.15    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Card Member loans:

          

Total loans (billions)

   $ 8.8     $ 9.2     $ 8.9       (4 )%      3

30 days past due loans as a % of total

     1.4     1.5     1.7    

Net write-off rate – principal only(b)

     1.9     1.9     2.7    

Net write-off rate – principal, interest and fees(b)

     2.3     2.4     3.3    

Calculation of Net Interest Yield on Card Member Loans:

          

Net interest income

   $ 757     $ 745     $ 769      

Exclude:

          

Interest expense not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     93       102       125      

Interest income not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio

     (29     (25     (38    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted net interest income(c)

   $ 821     $ 822     $ 856      

Average loans (billions)

   $ 8.5     $ 8.7     $ 8.8      

Exclude:

          

Unamortized deferred card fees, net of direct acquisition costs of Card Member loans, and other (billions)

     (0.2     (0.2     (0.1    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted average loans (billions)(c)

   $ 8.3     $ 8.5     $ 8.7      

Net interest income divided by average loans

     8.9     8.5     8.8    

Net interest yield on Card Member loans(c)

     9.9     9.6     9.9                

 

 * Proprietary cards only.
(a) Return on average segment capital is calculated by dividing (i) one-year period segment income ($631 million, $634 million and $723 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively) by (ii) one-year average segment capital ($3.0 billion, $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively). Return on average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner as return on average segment capital except the computation of average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, excludes from average segment capital average goodwill and other intangibles of $1.4 billion at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2011. The Company believes return on average tangible segment capital is a useful measure of the profitability of its business.
(b) Refer to Table 7 footnote (e) on page 24.
(c) Adjusted net interest income, adjusted average loans and net interest yield on Card Member loans are non-GAAP measures. The Company believes adjusted net interest income and adjusted average loans are useful to investors because they are components of net interest yield on Card Member loans, which provides a measure of profitability of the Company’s Card Member loan portfolio.

 

30


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

GLOBAL COMMERCIAL SERVICES SEGMENT

TABLE 13: GCS SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

              

Discount revenue, net card fees and other

   $ 5,085     $ 4,995     $ 4,880     $ 90       2   $ 115       2

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest income

     13       11       9       2       18       2       22  

Interest expense

     245       257       264       (12     (5     (7     (3

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest expense

     (232     (246     (255     (14     (6     (9     (4

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense

     4,853       4,749       4,625       104       2       124       3  

Provisions for losses

     159       136       76       23       17       60       79  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense after provisions for losses

     4,694       4,613       4,549       81       2       64       1  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Expenses

              

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     604       579       547       25       4       32       6  

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses

     2,846       3,074       2,927       (228     (7     147       5  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

     3,450       3,653       3,474       (203     (6     179       5  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pretax segment income

     1,244       960       1,075       284       30       (115     (11

Income tax provision

     384       316       337       68       22       (21     (6

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Segment income

   $ 860     $ 644     $ 738     $ 216       34   $ (94     (13 )% 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Effective tax rate

     30.9     32.9     31.3                                

 

GCS offers global corporate payment and travel-related products and services to large and mid-sized companies.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount revenue, net card fees, and other revenues increased $90 million or 2 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher discount revenue resulting from an increased level of Card Member spending and higher other commissions and fees. Billed business increased 5 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 5 percent increase in average spending per proprietary basic card. Billed business volume increased 8 percent within the U.S. and 2 percent outside the U.S.

Net interest expense decreased $14 million or 6 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a lower cost of funds, partially offset by increased funding requirements due to higher average Card Member receivable balances. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, net interest expense decreased 3 percent for 2013 as compared to the prior year.5

Total revenues net of interest expense increased $124 million or 3 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher discount revenue, net card fees, and other revenues.

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Provisions for losses increased $23 million or 17 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting higher average Card Member receivables resulting in higher net write-offs, partially offset by a lower reserve build compared to the prior year. Provisions for losses increased $60 million or 79 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, reflecting a change in estimate for certain credit reserves that resulted in higher reserve releases in 2011. Refer to Table 14 for the charge card net loss ratio as a percentage of charge volume.

EXPENSES

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased $25 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting higher rewards costs related to higher volumes and an enhancement in the International Membership Rewards URR estimation process. Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses increased $32 million or 6 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $25 million charge related to a change in the U.S. Membership Rewards URR estimation process.

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses decreased $228 million or 7 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher restructuring costs in 2012, as well as lower payroll and benefit costs in 2013. Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $147 million or 5 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by higher restructuring charges and other operating expenses.

INCOME TAXES

The effective tax rate for 2013 reflects the reversal of a valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets associated with certain of the Company’s non-U.S. business travel operations, as well as the allocated share of tax benefits related to the resolution of certain prior years’ tax items. Based on management’s intent to reorganize its business travel operations through the creation of a joint venture, it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to support the realization of the benefit of the associated non-US deferred tax assets.

 

5   Refer to footnote 2 on page 19, relating to changes in foreign exchange rates.

 

31


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

The effective tax rate for 2012 and 2011 reflects the allocated share of tax benefits related to the realization of certain foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate for 2012 also reflects the impact of a valuation allowance primarily related to restructuring charges associated with certain non-U.S. travel operations.

 

TABLE 14: GCS SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011     Change
2013 vs. 2012
    Change
2012 vs. 2011
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card billed business (billions)

   $ 175.4     $ 166.4     $ 154.2       5     8

Total cards-in-force

     7.1       7.0       7.0       1         

Basic cards-in-force

     7.1       7.0       7.0       1         

Average basic Card Member spending (dollars)*

   $ 24,924     $ 23,737     $ 21,898       5       8  

Global Corporate Travel:

          

Travel sales

   $ 18,869     $ 18,894     $ 19,618              (4

Travel commissions and fees/sales

     8.1     8.1     8.0    

Total segment assets (billions)

   $ 19.2     $ 18.9     $ 18.8       2       1  

Segment capital

   $ 3,688     $ 3,625     $ 3,564       2       2  

Return on average segment capital(a)

     23.6     17.6     20.4    

Return on average tangible segment capital(a)

     45.8     35.1     42.1    

Card Member receivables:

          

Total receivables (billions)

   $ 14.4     $ 13.7     $ 12.8       5     7

90 days past billing as a % of total

     0.9     0.8     0.8    

Net loss ratio (as a % of charge volume)

     0.08     0.06     0.06                

 

* Proprietary cards only.
(a) Return on average segment capital is calculated by dividing (i) one-year period segment income ($860 million, $644 million and $738 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively) by (ii) one-year average segment capital ($3.6 billion for each of 2013, 2012 and 2011). Return on average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner as return on average segment capital except the computation of average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, excludes from average segment capital average goodwill and other intangibles of $1.8 billion at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011. The Company believes return on average tangible segment capital is a useful measure of the profitability of its business.

 

32


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

GLOBAL NETWORK & MERCHANT SERVICES SEGMENT

TABLE 15: GNMS SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA

 

                                                                                                                                    

Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages)

   2013     2012     2011    

Change

2013 vs. 2012

   

Change

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

              

Discount revenue, net card fees and other

   $ 5,229     $ 5,005     $ 4,713     $ 224       4   $ 292       6

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest income

     32       23       5       9       39       18       #  

Interest expense

     (252     (243     (224     (9     4       (19     8  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest income

     284       266       229       18       7       37       16  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense

     5,513       5,271       4,942       242       5       329       7  

Provisions for losses

     69       74       75       (5     (7     (1     (1

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues net of interest expense after provisions for losses

     5,444       5,197       4,867       247       5       330       7  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Expenses

              

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     704       744       755       (40     (5     (11     (1

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses

     2,271       2,234       2,133       37       2       101       5  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

     2,975       2,978       2,888       (3            90       3  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pretax segment income

     2,469       2,219       1,979       250       11       240       12  

Income tax provision

     894       776       686       118       15       90       13  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Segment income

   $ 1,575     $ 1,443     $ 1,293     $ 132       9   $ 150       12

 

 

Effective tax rate

     36.2     35.0     34.7                                

 

# Denotes a variance greater than 100 percent.

 

GNMS operates a global payments network which processes and settles proprietary and non-proprietary card transactions. GNMS acquires merchants and provides point-of-sale products, multi-channel marketing programs and capabilities, services and data, leveraging the Company’s global closed-loop network. It provides ATM services and enters into partnership agreements with third-party card issuers and acquirers, licensing the American Express brand and extending the reach of the global network.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues increased $224 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year. The increase primarily reflects higher merchant-related revenues, driven by a 7 percent increase in global card billed business, as well as higher GNS revenues.

The interest expense credit increased $9 million or 4 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, reflecting the Company’s internal transfer pricing and funding rates, which results in a net benefit for GNMS due to its merchant payables.

Total revenues net of interest expense increased $329 million or 7 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher discount revenue, net card fees and other revenues and higher net interest income.

PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Provisions for losses decreased $5 million or 7 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year. Provisions for losses decreased $1 million or 1 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year.

EXPENSES

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses decreased $40 million or 5 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012 and $11 million or 1 percent in 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease in both years reflects lower marketing and promotion expenses.

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $37 million or 2 percent in 2013 as compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting increased other operating expenses related to the proposed merchant litigation settlement, partially offset by decreases in professional services and salary and employee benefits. Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $101 million or 5 percent in 2012 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher professional services costs and increases in salary and employee benefits costs, partially offset by other operating expenses.

 

33


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

TABLE 16: GNMS SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

 

                                                                                              

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

(Millions, except percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011     Change
2013 vs. 2012
    Change
2012 vs. 2011
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Global Worldwide Card billed business (billions)

   $ 952.4     $ 888.4     $ 822.2       7     8

Global Network & Merchant Services:

          

Total segment assets (billions)

   $ 17.1     $ 16.5     $ 17.8       4       (7

Segment capital

   $ 1,952     $ 2,048     $ 2,037       (5     1  

Return on average segment capital(a)

     76.8     68.6     66.3    

Return on average tangible segment capital(a)

     84.9     75.9     74.3    

Global Network Services:

          

Card billed business (billions)

   $ 144.1     $ 128.8     $ 116.8       12       10  

Total cards-in-force

     40.7       37.6       34.2       8     10

 

(a) Return on average segment capital is calculated by dividing (i) one-year period segment income ($1.6 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively) by (ii) one-year average segment capital ($2.1 billion for both 2013 and 2012 and $1.9 billion for 2011). Return on average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, is computed in the same manner as return on average segment capital except the computation of average tangible segment capital, a non-GAAP measure, excludes from average segment capital average goodwill and other intangibles of $195 million, $203 million and $209 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company believes return on average tangible segment capital is a useful measure of the profitability of its business.

 

CORPORATE & OTHER

Corporate functions and auxiliary businesses, including the Company’s EGG (including Global Payment Options) and other Company operations, are included in Corporate & Other.

Corporate & Other had net after-tax expense of $900 million, $831 million and $535 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in net after-tax expense for 2013 was primarily a result of favorable effects in 2012 of revised estimates of the liability for uncashed Travelers Cheques in certain international countries, as well as higher tax expenses in the current year. The 2013 increase was partially offset by the impact of restructuring costs in 2012.

The increase in net after-tax expense in 2012 was primarily a result of the loss of after-tax income related to the MasterCard and Visa settlements of $186 million and $172 million, respectively which ended in the fourth quarter of 2011, as well as an increase in restructuring costs. The 2012 increase was partially offset by higher gains on sales of investment securities and the aforementioned favorable effects of revised estimates of the liability for uncashed international Travelers Cheques.

Results for all periods disclosed also included net interest expense related to maintaining the liquidity pool discussed in “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity — Liquidity Management”, as well as interest expense related to other corporate indebtedness.

 

34


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

The Company’s balance sheet management objectives are to maintain:

 

 

A solid and flexible equity capital profile;

 

 

A broad, deep and diverse set of funding sources to finance its assets and meet operating requirements; and

 

 

Liquidity programs that enable the Company to continuously meet expected future financing obligations and business requirements for at least a 12-month period, even in the event it is unable to continue to raise new funds under its traditional funding programs during a substantial weakening in economic conditions.

CAPITAL STRATEGY

The Company’s objective is to retain sufficient levels of capital generated through earnings and other sources to maintain a solid equity capital base and to provide flexibility to support future business growth. The Company believes capital allocated to growing businesses with a return on risk-adjusted equity in excess of its costs will generate shareholder value.

The level and composition of the Company’s consolidated capital position are determined through the Company’s internal capital adequacy assessment process, which reflects its business activities, as well as marketplace conditions and requirements or expectations of credit rating agencies, regulators and shareholders, among others. The Company’s consolidated capital position is also influenced by subsidiary capital requirements. The Company, as a bank holding company, is also subject to regulatory requirements administered by the U.S. federal banking agencies. The Federal Reserve has established specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items.

The Company currently calculates and reports its capital ratios under the standards commonly referred to as Basel I. The Company has adopted Basel III in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions and is currently taking steps toward Basel III advanced approaches implementation in the U.S. As an advanced approaches institution, the Company will report its 2014 capital ratios using Basel III capital definitions and Basel I risk-weighted assets. Beginning in 2015, the Company will report its capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighted assets.

During 2014, the Company will begin reporting its capital adequacy standards on a parallel basis to its regulators under Basel requirements for an advanced approaches institution. The parallel period will continue until the Company receives regulatory approval to exit parallel reporting and subsequently begin publicly reporting its capital ratios using both Basel III standardized and advanced approaches.

The following table presents the regulatory risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios for the Company and its significant bank subsidiaries, as well as additional ratios widely utilized in the marketplace, as of December 31, 2013.

TABLE 17: REGULATORY RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND LEVERAGE RATIOS

 

     Well-
Capitalized
Ratios(a)
    Ratios as of
December 31,
2013
 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-Based Capital

   

Tier 1

    6  

American Express Company

      12.5

American Express Centurion Bank

      19.9  

American Express Bank, FSB

      15.6  

Total

    10    

American Express Company

      14.4  

American Express Centurion Bank

      21.2  

American Express Bank, FSB

      17.7  

Tier 1 Leverage

    5  

American Express Company

      10.9  

American Express Centurion Bank

      19.0  

American Express Bank, FSB

      17.5  

Common Equity to Risk- Weighted Assets

   

American Express Company

      15.1  

Tier 1 Common Risk-Based(b)

   

American Express Company

      12.5  

Tangible Common Equity to Risk-Weighted Assets(b)

   

American Express Company

            12.0

 

(a) As defined by the Federal Reserve.
(b) Refer to page 36 for a reconciliation of Tier 1 common equity and tangible common equity, both non-GAAP measures.

The following provides definitions for the Company’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratio, which are calculated as per standard regulatory guidance, if applicable:

Risk-Weighted Assets — Assets are weighted for risk according to a formula used by the Federal Reserve to conform to capital adequacy guidelines. On- and off-balance sheet items are weighted for risk, with off-balance sheet items converted to balance sheet equivalents, using risk conversion factors, before being allocated a risk-adjusted weight. The off-balance sheet items comprise a minimal part of the overall calculation. Risk-weighted assets under Basel I as of December 31, 2013 were $129.5 billion.

 

35


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio — The Tier 1 capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common shareholders’ equity, certain perpetual preferred stock (not applicable to the Company), and non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries, adjusted for ineligible goodwill and intangible assets, as well as certain other comprehensive income items as follows: net unrealized gains/losses on securities and derivatives, and net unrealized pension and other postretirement benefit losses, all net of tax. Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2013 was $16.2 billion. This ratio is commonly used by regulatory agencies to assess a financial institution’s financial strength. Tier 1 capital is the primary form of capital used to absorb losses beyond current loss accrual estimates.

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio — The total risk-based capital ratio is calculated as the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, divided by risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital is the sum of the allowance for receivable and loan losses (limited to 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets) and 45 percent of the unrealized gains on equity securities, plus a $750 million subordinated hybrid security, for which the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve for treatment as Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital as of December 31, 2013 was $2.4 billion. The $750 million subordinated hybrid security is not expected to meet the requirements of Tier 2 capital under Basel III, and will begin to be transitioned out of capital beginning in 2014. See “Basel III” below.

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio — The Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by the Company’s average total consolidated assets for the most recent quarter. Average total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2013 were $148.6 billion.

The following provides definitions for capital ratios widely used in the marketplace, although they may be calculated differently by different companies:

Tier 1 Common Risk-Based Capital Ratio — The Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 common equity, a non-GAAP measure, divided by risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 common equity is calculated by reference to total shareholders’ equity as shown below:

TABLE 18: TOTAL TIER 1 COMMON EQUITY

 

(Billions)    December 31,
2013
 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 19.5  

Net effect of certain items in accumulated other comprehensive loss excluded from Tier 1 common equity

     0.4  

Less: Ineligible goodwill and intangible assets

     (3.5

Less: Ineligible deferred tax assets

     (0.2

 

  

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 common equity

   $ 16.2  

The Company believes the Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio is useful because it can be used to assess and compare the quality and composition of the Company’s capital with the capital of other financial services companies. Moreover, Basel III includes measures that rely on the Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio.

Common Equity and Tangible Common Equity to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratios — Common equity equals the Company’s shareholders’ equity of $19.5 billion as of December 31, 2013, and tangible common equity, a non-GAAP measure, equals common equity less goodwill and other intangibles of $4.0 billion as of December 31, 2013. The Company believes presenting the ratio of tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets is a useful measure of evaluating the strength of the Company’s capital position.

The Company seeks to maintain capital levels and ratios in excess of the minimum regulatory requirements and finance such capital in a cost efficient manner; failure to maintain minimum capital levels could affect the Company’s status as a financial holding company and cause the respective regulatory agencies to take actions that could limit the Company’s business operations.

The Company’s primary source of equity capital has been the generation of net income. Historically, capital generated through net income and other sources, such as the exercise of stock options by employees, has exceeded the annual growth in its capital requirements. To the extent capital has exceeded business, regulatory and rating agency requirements, the Company has historically returned excess capital to shareholders through its regular common share dividend and share repurchase program.

The Company maintains certain flexibility to shift capital across its businesses as appropriate. For example, the Company may infuse additional capital into subsidiaries to maintain capital at targeted levels in consideration of debt ratings and regulatory requirements. These infused amounts can affect the capital profile and liquidity levels at the American Express parent company level. The Company does not currently intend or foresee a need to shift capital from non-U.S. subsidiaries with permanently reinvested earnings to a U.S. parent company.

Basel III

Basel III, when fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital than prior requirements, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Company estimates that had Basel III been fully phased-in during 2013, its reported Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 common risk-based ratios would have been 12.2 percent, and its reported Tier 1 leverage ratio would have been 10.7 percent. As of December 31, 2013, had the Basel III rules been effective, the Company’s supplementary leverage ratio would be 9.0 percent.6 These ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. As noted

 

6  

The capital ratios are non-GAAP measures. The Company believes the presentation of the capital ratios is helpful to investors by showing the impact of Basel III.

 

36


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

above, the Company is currently taking steps toward Basel III advanced approaches implementation in the U.S. The Company’s $750 million subordinated hybrid security, which is presently included in Tier 2 capital (but not in Tier 1 capital), is not expected to meet the requirements of Tier 2 capital under Basel III. The disqualification of this subordinated hybrid security from Tier 2 capital will affect our total risk-based capital ratio under Basel III; however, this ratio is expected to remain well in excess of the required minimum.

The following provides definitions for capital ratios as defined by Basel III using the standardized approach. All calculations are non-GAAP measures.

Basel III Tier 1 Common Risk-Based Capital Ratio — The Basel III Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio is calculated as adjusted Tier 1 common equity divided by adjusted risk-weighted assets.

Basel III Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio — The Basel III Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is calculated as adjusted Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted risk-weighted assets.

The following table presents a comparison of the Company’s Tier 1 and Tier 1 common risk-based capital under Basel I to its estimated Tier 1 and Tier 1 common risk-based capital under Basel III.

TABLE 19: BASEL I VERSUS BASEL III

 

(Billions)    December 31,
2013
 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 and Tier 1 Common Risk-Based Capital under Basel I

   $ 16.2  

Adjustments related to:

  

AOCI(a) for available for sale securities

     0.1  

Pension, other post-retirement benefit costs and other

     (0.4

 

  

 

 

 

Estimated Tier 1 and Tier 1 Common Risk-Based Capital under Basel III(b)

   $ 15.9  

 

(a) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
(b) Estimated Basel III Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity reflects the Company’s current interpretation of Basel III. The estimated Basel III Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity could change if the Company’s business changes; and the estimated impact for 2013 is not necessarily indicative of the impact in future periods.

Basel III Risk-Weighted Assets — The Basel III risk-weighted assets reflect the Company’s Basel I risk-weighted assets, adjusted for the impact of the incremental risk weighting applied to deferred tax assets and significant investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as exposures to past due accounts, equities and sovereigns. Basel III risk-weighted assets as of December 31, 2013 were estimated to be $130.5 billion.

Basel III Tier 1 Leverage Ratio — The Basel III Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Basel III Tier 1 capital by the Company’s average total consolidated assets.

Basel III Supplementary Leverage Ratio — The Basel III supplementary leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Basel III Tier 1 capital by the Company’s total assets for leverage capital purposes under Basel III. Total assets for leverage capital purposes includes adjustments for Tier 1 capital deductions, off-balance sheet derivatives, undrawn unconditionally cancellable commitments and other off-balance sheet liabilities. Total assets for leverage capital purposes as of December 31, 2013 were $176.3 billion.

SHARE REPURCHASES AND DIVIDENDS

The Company has a share repurchase program to return excess capital to shareholders. The share repurchases reduce shares outstanding and offset, in whole or part, the issuance of new shares as part of employee compensation plans.

During 2013, the Company returned approximately $5.0 billion to its shareholders in the form of dividends ($967 million) and share repurchases ($4.0 billion). The Company repurchased 55 million common shares at an average price of $72.51 in 2013. These dividend and share repurchase amounts represent approximately 81 percent of total capital generated during the year. This percentage for 2013 is significantly greater than the on average and over time target to distribute approximately 50 percent of the capital to shareholders as dividends or through the repurchases of common stock. These distribution percentages result from the strength of the Company’s capital ratios and the amount of capital it generates from net income and through employee stock plans in relation to the amount of capital required to support its organic business growth and through acquisitions.

On January 6, 2014, the Company submitted its comprehensive capital plan to the Federal Reserve. The capital plan includes an analysis of performance and capital availability under certain adverse economic assumptions. The capital plan was submitted to the Federal Reserve pursuant to its guidance on dividends and capital distributions. The Company expects a response from the Federal Reserve by March 31, 2014. In the first quarter of 2014, the Company is expected to execute share repurchases up to $1.0 billion pursuant to its capital plan that received no objections from the Federal Reserve in March 2013.

FUNDING STRATEGY

The Company’s principal funding objective is to maintain broad and well-diversified funding sources to allow it to meet its maturing obligations, cost-effectively finance current and future asset growth in its global businesses as well as to maintain a strong liquidity profile. The diversity of funding sources by type of debt instrument, by maturity and by investor base, among other factors, provides additional insulation from the impact of disruptions in any one type of debt, maturity or investor. The mix of the Company’s funding in any period will seek to achieve cost efficiency consistent with both maintaining diversified sources and achieving its liquidity objectives. The Company’s funding strategy and activities are integrated into its

 

37


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

asset-liability management activities. The Company has in place a funding policy covering American Express Company and all of its subsidiaries.

The Company’s proprietary card businesses are the primary asset-generating businesses, with significant assets in both domestic and international Card Member receivable and lending activities. The Company’s financing needs are in large part a consequence of its proprietary card-issuing businesses and the maintenance of a liquidity position to support all of its business activities, such as merchant payments. The Company generally pays merchants for card transactions prior to reimbursement by Card Members and therefore funds the merchant payments during the period Card Member loans and receivables are outstanding. The Company also has additional financing needs associated with general corporate purposes, including acquisition activities.

FUNDING PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES

The Company meets its funding needs through a variety of sources, including direct and third-party distributed deposits and debt instruments, such as senior unsecured debentures, asset securitizations, borrowings through secured borrowing facilities and long-term committed bank borrowing facilities in certain non-U.S. regions.

The Company had the following consolidated debt and customer deposits outstanding as of December 31:

TABLE 20: SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED DEBT AND CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

 

                                     
(Billions)    2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

   $ 5.0      $ 3.3  

Long-term debt

     55.3        59.0  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     60.3        62.3  

Customer deposits

     41.8        39.8  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and customer deposits

   $ 102.1      $ 102.1  

The Company seeks to raise funds to meet all of its financing needs, including seasonal and other working capital needs, while also seeking to maintain sufficient cash and readily marketable securities that are easily convertible to cash, in order to meet the scheduled maturities of all long-term funding obligations on a consolidated basis for a 12-month period. Management does not currently expect to make any significant changes to the Company’s funding programs or liquidity strategy in order to satisfy Basel III’s liquidity coverage ratio standard based upon its current understanding of the requirements.

The Company’s funding plan for the full year 2014 includes, among other sources, approximately $6.0 billion to $12.0 billion of unsecured term debt issuance and $3.0 billion to $9.0 billion of secured term debt issuance. The Company’s funding plans are subject to various risks and uncertainties, such as future business growth, the impact of global economic, political and other events on market capacity, demand for securities offered by the Company, regulatory changes, ability to securitize and sell receivables, and the performance of receivables previously sold in securitization transactions. Many of these risks and uncertainties are beyond the Company’s control.

The Company’s equity capital and funding strategies are designed, among other things, to maintain appropriate and stable unsecured debt ratings from the major credit rating agencies: Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s), Standard & Poor’s (S&P), Fitch Ratings (Fitch) and Dominion Bond Rating Services (DBRS). Such ratings help support the Company’s access to cost-effective unsecured funding as part of its overall funding strategy. The Company’s asset-backed securitization (ABS) activities are rated separately.

TABLE 21: UNSECURED DEBT RATINGS

 

Credit Agency   Entity Rated   Short-Term
Ratings
  Long-Term
Ratings
  Outlook

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DBRS   All rated entities   R-1 (middle)   A (high)   Stable
Fitch   All rated entities   F1   A+   Stable
Moody’s  

TRS(a) and rated operating

subsidiaries

  Prime-1   A2   Stable
Moody’s  

American Express

Company

  Prime-2   A3   Stable
S&P  

TRS and rated

operating

subsidiaries(b)

  A-2   A-   Stable
S&P  

American Express

Company

  A-2   BBB+   Stable

 

(a) American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.
(b) S&P does not provide a rating for TRS short-term debt.

Downgrades in the ratings of the Company’s unsecured debt or asset securitization program securities could result in higher funding costs, as well as higher fees related to borrowings under its unused lines of credit. Declines in credit ratings could also reduce the Company’s borrowing capacity in the unsecured debt and asset securitization capital markets. The Company believes its funding mix, including the proportion of U.S. retail deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), should reduce the impact that credit rating downgrades would have on the Company’s funding capacity and costs.

SHORT-TERM FUNDING PROGRAMS

Short-term borrowings, such as commercial paper, are defined as any debt with an original maturity of 12 months or less, as well as interest-bearing overdrafts with banks. The Company’s short-term funding programs are used primarily to meet working capital needs, such as managing seasonal variations in receivables balances. The amount of short-term borrowings issued in the future will depend on the Company’s funding strategy, its needs and market conditions.

 

38


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

The Company had the following short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31:

TABLE 22: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS OUTSTANDING

 

                                     
(Billions)    2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial paper

   $ 0.2      $  

Other short-term borrowings(a)

     4.8        3.3  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5.0      $ 3.3  

 

(a) Includes $2.0 billion draw on American Express Credit Account Master Trust (Lending Trust) secured borrowing facility, maturing on September 15, 2015, which was repaid on February 18, 2014.

Refer to Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further description of these borrowings.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $0.2 billion commercial paper outstanding. Average commercial paper outstanding was $0.1 billion and $0.4 billion in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

DEPOSIT PROGRAMS

The Company offers deposits within its American Express Centurion Bank (Centurion Bank) and American Express Bank, FSB (FSB) subsidiaries (together, the Banks). These funds are currently insured up to $250,000 per account holder through the FDIC. The Company’s ability to obtain deposit funding and offer competitive interest rates is dependent on the Banks’ capital levels. The Company, through the FSB, has a direct retail deposit program, Personal Savings from American Express, to supplement its distribution of deposit products sourced through third-party distribution channels. The direct retail program makes FDIC-insured certificates of deposit (CDs) and high-yield savings account products available directly to consumers.

The Company held the following deposits as of December 31:

TABLE 23: CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

 

                                     
(Billions)    2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. retail deposits:

     

Savings accounts – Direct

   $ 24.6      $ 18.7  

Certificates of deposit:(a)

     

Direct

     0.5        0.7  

Third-party

     6.9        8.9  

Sweep accounts – Third-party

     8.9        11.4  

Other retail deposits:

     

Non-U.S. deposits and U.S. non-interest Bearing

     0.1        0.1  

Card Member credit balances – U.S. and non-U.S.(b)

     0.8          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 41.8      $ 39.8  

 

(a) The weighted average remaining maturity and weighted average rate at issuance on the total portfolio of U.S. retail CDs, issued through direct and third-party programs, were 25.3 months and 1.8 percent, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.
(b) Beginning 2013, the Company reclassified prospectively Card Member credit balances from Card Member loans, Card Member receivables and Other liabilities to Customer deposits.

LONG-TERM DEBT PROGRAMS

During 2013, the Company and its subsidiaries issued debt and asset securitizations with maturities ranging from 3 to 5 years. These amounts included approximately $3.3 billion of AAA-rated securitization certificates and notes, $0.2 billion of subordinated securities and $5.5 billion of unsecured debt across a variety of maturities and markets. During the year, the Company retained approximately $0.3 billion of subordinated securities, as the pricing and yields for these securities were not attractive compared to other sources of financing available to the Company.

The Company’s 2013 debt issuances were as follows:

TABLE 24: DEBT ISSUANCES

 

(Billions)   Amount  

 

 

 

 

 

American Express Company:

 

Fixed Rate Senior Notes (weighted-average coupon of 1.55%)

  $ 1.0  

Floating Rate Senior Notes (3-month LIBOR plus 59 basis points)

    0.9  

American Express Credit Corporation:

 

Fixed Rate Senior Notes (weighted-average coupon of 1.82%)

    2.3  

Floating Rate Senior Notes (3-month LIBOR plus 51 basis points)

    1.2  

American Express Centurion Bank:

 

Floating Rate Senior Notes (3-month LIBOR plus 30 basis points)

    0.1  

American Express Credit Account Master Trust:(a)

 

Floating Rate Senior Certificates (1-month LIBOR plus 42 basis points on average)

    1.6  

Floating Rate Subordinated Certificates (1-month LIBOR plus 70 basis points on average)

    0.1  

Fixed Rate Senior Certificates (weighted-average coupon of 0.98%)

    0.5  

American Express Issuance Trust II:(a)

 

Floating Rate Senior Notes (1-month LIBOR plus 37 basis points)

    1.2  

Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (1-month LIBOR plus 64 basis points)

    0.1  

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9.0  

 

(a) Issuances from the Lending Trust and the American Express Issuance Trust II (Charge Trust II) do not include $0.3 billion of subordinated securities retained by the Company during the year.

ASSET SECURITIZATION PROGRAMS

The Company periodically securitizes Card Member receivables and loans arising from its card business, as the securitization market provides the Company with cost-effective funding. Securitization of Card Member receivables and loans is accomplished through the transfer of those assets to a trust, which in turn issues securities collateralized by the transferred assets to third-party investors. The proceeds from issuance are distributed to the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, as consideration for the transferred assets.

The receivables and loans being securitized are reported as assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related securities issued to third-party investors are reported as long-term debt.

Under the respective terms of the securitization trust agreements, the occurrence of certain triggering events associated with the performance of the assets of each trust could result in payment of trust expenses, establishment of reserve funds, or in a worst-case scenario, early amortization of investor certificates. During the year ended December 31, 2013, no such triggering events occurred.

 

39


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

During 2013, the Company transferred Card Member receivables from the American Express Issuance Trust (Charge Trust) to the Charge Trust II, dissolving the Charge Trust. The Company will continue to utilize the Charge Trust II for securitization of Card Member receivables.

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

The Company’s liquidity objective is to maintain access to a diverse set of cash, readily marketable securities and contingent sources of liquidity, so that the Company can continuously meet expected future financing obligations and business requirements for at least a 12-month period, even in the event it is unable to raise new funds under its regular funding programs during a substantial weakening in economic conditions. The Company has in place a liquidity risk policy that sets out the Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk on an enterprise-wide basis.

The Company incurs and accepts liquidity risk arising in the normal course of offering its products and services. The liquidity risks that the Company is exposed to can arise from a variety of sources, and thus its liquidity management strategy includes a variety of parameters, assessments and guidelines, including, but not limited to:

 

 

Maintaining a diversified set of funding sources (refer to Funding Strategy section for more details);

 

 

Maintaining unencumbered liquid assets and off-balance sheet liquidity sources; and

 

 

Projecting cash inflows and outflows from a variety of sources and under a variety of scenarios, including collateral requirements for derivative transactions.

The Company’s current liquidity target is to have adequate liquidity in the form of excess cash and readily marketable securities that are easily convertible into cash to satisfy all maturing long-term funding obligations for a 12-month period. In addition to its cash and readily marketable securities, the Company maintains a variety of contingent liquidity resources, such as access to undrawn amounts under its secured borrowing facilities, committed bank credit facilities and the Federal Reserve discount window.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $13.0 billion in excess cash available to fund long-term maturities:

TABLE 25: SUMMARY OF EXCESS CASH AVAILABLE FOR LONG-TERM MATURITIES

 

(Billions)    Total  

 

  

 

 

 

Cash(a)

   $ 13.2  

Less:

  

Commercial Paper

     0.2  

 

  

 

 

 

Cash available to fund maturities

   $ 13.0  

 

(a) Includes $19.5 billion classified as cash and cash equivalents, less $6.3 billion of cash available to fund day-to-day operations. The $13.2 billion represents cash residing in the U.S.

The upcoming approximate maturities of the Company’s long-term unsecured debt, debt issued in connection with asset-backed securitizations and long-term certificates of deposit are as follows:

TABLE 26: DEBT MATURITIES

 

(Billions)    Debt Maturities  

 

  

 

 

 
2014 Quarters
Ending:
  

Unsecured

Debt

     Asset-Backed
Securitizations(a)
     Certificates
of Deposit
     Total  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31

   $      $ 0.5      $ 0.7      $ 1.2  

June 30

     2.1        1.0        0.5        3.6  

September 30

     1.5        2.5        0.5        4.5  

December 31

     2.2               1.0        3.2  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5.8      $ 4.0      $ 2.7      $ 12.5  

 

(a) Excludes a $3.0 billion draw on the Charge Trust II secured borrowing facility, maturing on July 15, 2016 and a $2.0 billion draw on the Lending Trust secured borrowing facility maturing on September 15, 2015. The draw on the Charge Trust II facility was repaid on January 15, 2014 and the draw on the Lending Trust facility was repaid on February 18, 2014.

The Company’s financing needs for the next 12 months are expected to arise from these debt and deposit maturities as well as changes in business needs, including changes in outstanding Card Member loans and receivables and acquisition activities.

The Company considers various factors in determining the amount of liquidity it maintains, such as economic and financial market conditions, seasonality in business operations, growth in its businesses, potential acquisitions or dispositions, the cost and availability of alternative liquidity sources, and regulatory and credit rating agency considerations.

The yield the Company receives on its cash and readily marketable securities is, generally, less than the interest expense on the sources of funding for these balances. Thus, the Company incurs substantial net interest costs on these amounts. The level of net interest costs will be dependent on the size of the Company’s cash and readily marketable securities holdings, as well as the difference between its cost of funding these amounts and their investment yields.

Securitized Borrowing Capacity

As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained its committed, revolving, secured borrowing facility, with a maturity date of September 15, 2015, that gives the Company the right to sell up to $2.0 billion face amount of eligible AAA certificates from the Lending Trust. On July 18, 2013, the Company terminated its existing $3.0 billion Charge Trust II committed, revolving, secured borrowing facility with a maturity date of July 15, 2014 and entered into a new three-year committed, revolving, secured borrowing facility with a maturity date of July 15, 2016 that gives the Company the right to sell up to $3.0 billion face amount of eligible AAA notes from the Charge Trust II. Both facilities are used in the ordinary course of business to fund seasonal working capital needs, as well as to further enhance the Company’s contingent funding resources. As of December 31, 2013, $3.0 billion and $2.0 billion were drawn on the Charge Trust II facility and Lending Trust facility, respectively.

 

40


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Federal Reserve Discount Window

As insured depository institutions, the Banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, subject to the amount of qualifying collateral that they may pledge. The Federal Reserve has indicated that both credit and charge card receivables are a form of qualifying collateral for secured borrowings made through the discount window. Whether specific assets will be considered qualifying collateral and the amount that may be borrowed against the collateral remain at the discretion of the Federal Reserve.

The Company had approximately $48.5 billion as of December 31, 2013 in U.S. credit card loans and charge card receivables that could be sold over time through its existing securitization trusts, or pledged in return for secured borrowings to provide further liquidity, subject in each case to applicable market conditions and eligibility criteria.

Committed Bank Credit Facilities

In addition to the secured borrowing facilities described above, the Company maintained committed syndicated bank credit facilities as of December 31, 2013 of $7.0 billion, which expire as follows:

TABLE 27: EXPIRATION OF COMMITTED SYNDICATED BANK CREDIT FACILITIES

 

(Billions)        

 

  

 

 

 

2015

   $ 4.8  

2016

     2.2  

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7.0  

The availability of the credit lines is subject to the Company’s compliance with certain financial covenants, principally the maintenance by Credco of a certain ratio of combined earnings and fixed charges to fixed charges. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with each of its covenants. The drawn balance of the committed credit facilities of $4.0 billion as of December 31, 2013 was used to fund the Company’s business activities in the normal course. The remaining capacity of the facilities mainly served to further enhance the Company’s contingent funding resources.

The Company’s committed bank credit facilities do not contain material adverse change clauses, which might otherwise preclude borrowing under the credit facilities, nor are they dependent on the Company’s credit rating.

CASH FLOWS

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities primarily include net income adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net income, including provisions for losses, depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, and stock-based compensation and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities, which can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of various payments.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by operating activities of $8.5 billion increased $1.4 billion compared to $7.1 billion in 2012, primarily due to higher net income, premium paid on debt exchange in 2012 and smaller changes in accounts payable and other liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in deferred taxes and other.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by operating activities of $7.1 billion decreased $2.7 billion compared to $9.8 billion in 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the liabilities for accounts payable and other liabilities in 2012 as compared to the prior year versus an increase in 2011 as compared to the prior year.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

The Company’s investing activities primarily include funding Card Member loans and receivables and the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in investing activities of $7.3 billion increased $0.8 billion compared to $6.5 billion in 2012, primarily due to higher purchases of investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities of $6.5 billion increased $6.0 billion compared to $0.5 billion in 2011, primarily due to a reduction in maturities, redemptions and sales of investments, and a net decrease in the cash flows related to Card Member loans and receivables and restricted cash, partially offset by lower purchases of investments and fewer acquisitions in 2012 as compared to 2011.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

The Company’s financing activities primarily include issuing and repaying debt, taking customer deposits, issuing and repurchasing its common shares, and paying dividends.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities of $3.9 billion increased $0.6 billion compared to $3.3 billion in 2012, due to lower issuances of long-term debt, slowing growth in customer deposits and higher principal payments on long-term debt, partially offset by an increase in short-term borrowings and the issuance of American Express common shares to employees.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities of $3.3 billion increased $2.6 billion compared to $0.7 billion in 2011, due to a decrease in short-term borrowings, and an increase in the repurchase of common shares in 2012, which more than offset a decrease in principal payments on long-term debt.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Company has identified both on and off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations and other relationships that may have a material current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity and capital resources.

 

41


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The table below identifies transactions that represent contractually committed future obligations of the Company. Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.

TABLE 28: COMMITTED FUTURE OBLIGATIONS BY YEAR

 

      Payments due by year(a)  
  

 

 

 
(Millions)    2014      2015–2016      2017–2018      2019 and
thereafter
     Total  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 9,849      $ 25,435      $ 16,711      $ 3,972      $ 55,967  

Interest payments on long-term debt(b)

     1,198        1,729        682        1,817        5,426  

Certificates of deposit

     2,738        2,881        1,611        191        7,421  

Other long-term liabilities(c)

     235        87        15        18        355  

Operating lease obligations

     237        353        246        922        1,758  

Purchase obligations(d)

     390        190        76        23        679  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,647      $ 30,675      $ 19,341      $ 6,943      $ 71,606  

 

(a) The above table excludes approximately $1.0 billion of tax liabilities that have been recorded in accordance with GAAP governing the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as inherent complexities and the number of tax years currently open for examination in multiple jurisdictions do not permit reasonable estimates of payments, if any, to be made over a range of years.
(b) Estimated interest payments were calculated using the effective interest rate in place as of December 31, 2013, and reflects the effect of existing interest rate swaps. Actual cash flows may differ from estimated payments.
(c) As of December 31, 2013, there were no minimum required contributions, and no contributions are currently planned, for the U.S. American Express Retirement Plan. For the U.S. American Express Retirement Restoration Plan and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, contributions in 2014 are anticipated to be approximately $61 million, and this amount has been included within other long-term liabilities. Remaining obligations under defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans aggregating $600 million have not been included in the table above as the timing of such obligations is not determinable. Additionally, other long-term liabilities do not include $6.2 billion of Membership Rewards liabilities, which are not considered long-term liabilities as Card Members in good standing can redeem points immediately, without restrictions, and because the timing of point redemption is not determinable.
(d) The purchase obligation amounts represent non-cancelable minimum contractual obligations by period under contracts that were in effect as of December 31, 2013. Termination fees are included in these amounts.

 

The Company also has certain contingent obligations to make payments under contractual agreements entered into as part of the ongoing operation of the Company’s business, primarily with co-brand partners. The contingent obligations under such arrangements were approximately $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2013.

In addition to the contractual obligations noted above, the Company has off-balance sheet arrangements that include guarantees and other off-balance sheet arrangements as more fully described below.

GUARANTEES

The Company’s principal guarantees are associated with Card Member services to enhance the value of owning an American Express card. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had guarantees totaling approximately $45 billion related to Card Member protection plans, as well as other guarantees in the ordinary course of business that are within the scope of GAAP governing the accounting for guarantees. Refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding the Company’s guarantees.

CERTAIN OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $265 billion of unused credit available to Card Members as part of established lending product agreements. Total unused credit available to Card Members does not represent potential future cash requirements, as a significant portion of this unused credit will likely not be drawn. The Company’s charge card products generally have no pre-set limit, and therefore are not reflected in unused credit available to Card Members.

To mitigate counterparty credit risk related to derivatives, the Company accepted noncash collateral in the form of security interest in U.S. Treasury securities from its derivatives counterparties with a fair value of nil and $335 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, none of which was sold or repledged.

Refer to Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion regarding the Company’s other off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

42


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

GOVERNANCE

The Company uses its comprehensive Enterprise-wide Risk Management (ERM) program to measure, aggregate, monitor, and manage risks. The ERM program is designed to enable the Board of Directors and management to assess the effectiveness of risk management capabilities, policies, processes and controls. It also contributes to the risk-adjusted performance evaluation of the Company’s businesses and business leaders. The implementation and execution of the ERM program is headed by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer.

Risk management and key risks identified by management are overseen by the Company’s Board of Directors and three of its committees: the Risk Committee, the Audit and Compliance Committee, and the Compensation and Benefits Committee. Each of these committees consists entirely of independent directors and provides regular reports to the Board of Directors regarding matters reviewed at the committee level. In addition to the risks under the purview of a particular committee, the Board of Directors monitors the “tone at the top” and risk culture of the Company, oversees strategic risk, and reviews specific and significant risks facing the Company from time to time. These Committees meet regularly in private sessions with the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer, the General Auditor and other senior management with regard to the Company’s risk management processes, controls and capabilities.

The Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors provides risk oversight on risk policies and the risk management performance of the Company. The Risk Committee approves key risk management policies and monitors the Company’s risk culture, talent, capabilities and risk outcomes. In particular, it approves the Company’s ERM policy along with its sub-policies governing individual credit risk, institutional credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and asset/liability risk, as well as the launch of new products and services. The ERM policy sets the Company’s risk appetite and defines governance over risk taking and the risk monitoring processes across the Company. Risk appetite defines the overall risk levels the Company is willing to accept while operating in full compliance with regulatory and legal requirements. In addition, it establishes principles for risk taking in the aggregate and for each risk type, and is supported by a comprehensive system of risk limits, escalation triggers and controls designed to ensure that the risks remain within the defined risk appetite boundaries. Furthermore, the policy defines risk management roles and responsibilities.

The Risk Committee also regularly reviews the credit risk profile of the Company, risk trends and risk management capabilities. The Risk Committee receives regular updates from the Company’s Global Risk Oversight team, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, on key risks affecting the Company, including transaction and exposure level approvals driven by policy-based risk escalations and risk limits.

The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide operational risk trends, events and capabilities, with an emphasis on compliance, fraud, legal, process or control failures, information security, and privacy impacts, as well as trends in market, funding, liquidity and reputational risk. The Risk Committee also provides risk oversight of the Company’s compliance with Basel capital and liquidity standards and its Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process, including its Comprehensive Capital and Review (CCAR) submissions.

As it relates to risk management, the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approves the Company’s compliance policies and compliance risk tolerance statement, which reinforces the importance of compliance risk management at the Company. In addition, the Audit and Compliance Committee reviews the effectiveness of the Company’s Corporate-wide Compliance Risk Management Program. More broadly, the Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and financial reporting process; internal and external auditing, including the qualifications and independence of the independent registered public accounting firm and the performance of the Company’s internal audit services function; and the integrity of the Company’s systems of internal accounting and financial controls.

The Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors works with the Chief Risk Officer to ensure the compensation programs covering risk-taking employees, business units, and the Company overall appropriately balance risk with incentives such that business performance is achieved without taking imprudent or uneconomic risks. The Company’s Chief Risk Officer is actively involved in the goal-setting process, reviews the current and forward-looking risk profiles of each business unit, and provides input into performance evaluation. The Chief Risk Officer meets with the Compensation and Benefits Committee and attests that performance goals and actual results have been achieved without taking imprudent risks. The Compensation and Benefits Committee uses a risk-balanced incentive compensation framework to decide on the Company’s bonus pools and the compensation of senior executives.

There are several internal management committees, including the Enterprise-wide Risk Management Committee (ERMC), chaired by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, and the Asset-Liability Committee (ALCO), chaired by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, which oversee risks and implementation of risk policies across the Company with approval by the appropriate board committee. The ERMC is responsible for overseeing all risks, while the ALCO is responsible for managing market, liquidity, asset/liability risk, and the Company’s capital position.

As defined in the ERM policy, the Company follows the “three lines of defense” approach to risk management. The first line of defense comprises functions and management committees directly initiating risk taking. Business Unit presidents, the Chief Credit Officer of the Company, the Chief Operational Risk Officer, and the Chief Market Risk Officer are part of the first line of defense. The second line of defense comprises functions overseeing risk taking activities of the first line. The Global Risk Oversight (GRO) and Market Risk Oversight groups, the ERMC and certain control groups, both at the enterprise level and within regulated entities, are part of the second line of defense. The GRO oversees the framework and processes for managing credit, operational and model risks the Company faces and

 

43


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

acts as a check to the first line of defense managing these risks. The Internal Audit Group constitutes the third line of defense, and provides independent assurance that the first and second lines of defense operate as intended.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Credit risk is defined as loss due to obligor or counterparty default or changes in the credit quality of a security. Credit risks in the Company are divided into two broad categories: individual and institutional. Each has distinct risk management tools and metrics. Business units that create individual or institutional credit risk exposures of significant importance are supported by dedicated risk management teams, each led by a Chief Credit Officer. To preserve independence, Chief Credit Officers for all business units report to the Chief Credit Officer of the Company, who in turn reports directly to the Company’s Chief Risk Officer.

INDIVIDUAL CREDIT RISK

Individual credit risk arises principally from consumer and small business charge cards, credit cards, lines of credit, and loans. These portfolios consist of millions of customers across multiple geographies, occupations, industries and levels of net worth. The Company benefits from the high-quality profile of its customers, which is driven by brand, premium customer servicing, product features and risk management capabilities, which span underwriting, customer management and collections. Externally, the risk in these portfolios is correlated to broad economic trends, such as unemployment rates and GDP growth, which can affect customer liquidity.

The business unit leaders and their Chief Credit Officers take the lead in managing the individual credit risk process. These Chief Credit Officers are guided by the Individual Credit Risk Committee, which is responsible for implementation and enforcement of the Individual Credit Risk Management Policy. This policy is further supported by subordinate policies and operating manuals covering decision logic and processes of credit extension, including prospecting, new account approvals, authorizations, line management and collections. The subordinate risk policies and operating manuals are designed to ensure consistent application of risk management principles and standardized reporting of asset quality and loss recognition.

Individual credit risk management is supported by sophisticated proprietary scoring and decision-making models that use the most up-to-date proprietary information on prospects and customers, such as spending and payment history and data feeds from credit bureaus. Additional data, such as new commercial variables, continue to be integrated into the risk models to further mitigate small business risk. The Company has developed data-driven economic decision logic for customer interactions to better serve its customers.

INSTITUTIONAL CREDIT RISK

Institutional credit risk arises principally within the Company’s Global Corporate Payments, Global Merchant Services, GNS, Prepaid Services and Foreign Exchange Services businesses, as well as investment and liquidity management activities. Unlike individual credit risk, institutional credit risk is characterized by a lower loss frequency but higher severity. It is affected both by general economic conditions and by client-specific events. The absence of large losses in any given year or over several years is not necessarily representative of the level of risk of institutional portfolios, given the infrequency of loss events in such portfolios.

Similar to Individual Credit Risk, business units taking institutional credit risks are supported by Chief Credit Officers. These officers are guided by the Institutional Risk Management Committee (IRMC), which is responsible for implementation and enforcement of the Institutional Credit Risk Management Policy and for providing guidance to the credit officers of each business unit with substantial institutional credit risk exposures. The committee, along with the business unit Chief Credit Officers, makes investment decisions in core risk capabilities, ensure proper implementation of the underwriting standards and contractual rights of risk mitigation, monitor risk exposures, and determine risk mitigation actions. The IRMC formally reviews large institutional risk exposures to ensure compliance with ERMC guidelines and procedures and escalates them to the ERMC as appropriate. At the same time, the IRMC provides guidance to the business unit risk teams to optimize risk-adjusted returns on capital. A centralized risk rating unit and a specialized airline risk group provide risk assessment of institutional obligors across the Company.

Exposure to the Airline Industry

The Company has multiple important co-brand, rewards and corporate payments arrangements with airlines. The Company’s largest airline partner is Delta Air Lines and this relationship includes exclusive co-brand credit card partnerships and other arrangements including Membership Rewards, merchant acceptance, travel and corporate payments. Refer to Note 22 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of these relationships.

Sovereign Debt Exposure

As part of its ongoing risk management process, the Company monitors its financial exposure to both sovereign and non-sovereign customers and counterparties, and measures and manages concentrations of risk by geographic regions, as well as by economic sectors and industries. A primary focus area for monitoring is credit deterioration due to weaknesses in economic and fiscal profiles. The Company evaluates countries based on the market assessment of the riskiness of their sovereign debt and the Company’s assessment of their economic and financial outlook and closely monitors those deemed high risk. As of December 31, 2013, the Company considers its gross credit exposures to government entities, financial institutions and corporations in those countries to be individually and collectively not material.

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

The Company defines operational risk as the risk of not achieving business objectives due to inadequate or failed processes, people, or information systems, or the external environment, including failures

 

44


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

to comply with laws and regulations. Operational risk is inherent in all business activities and can impact an organization through direct or indirect financial loss, brand damage, customer dissatisfaction, or legal and regulatory penalties.

To appropriately measure and manage operational risk, the Company has implemented a comprehensive operational risk framework that is defined in the Operational Risk Management Policy approved by the Risk Committee. The Operational Risk Management Committee (ORMC) coordinates with all control groups on effective risk assessments and controls and oversees the preventive, responsive and mitigation efforts by Lead Operational Risk Officers in the business units and staff groups. To preserve independence, the Lead Operational Risk Officers for all business units report to the Chief Operational Risk Officer of the Company, who in turn reports directly to the Company’s Chief Risk Officer.

The Company uses the operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and report inherent and emerging operational risks. This framework, supervised by the ORMC, consists of (a) operational risk event capture, (b) a project office to coordinate issue management and control enhancements, (c) key risk indicators such as customer complaints or pre-implementation test metrics, and (d) process and entity-level risk assessments.

The framework requires the assessment of operational risk events to determine root causes, impact to customers and/or the Company, and resolution plan accountability to correct any defect, remediate customers, and enhance controls and testing to mitigate future issues. The impact on the Company is assessed from an operational, financial, brand, regulatory compliance and legal perspective.

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

The Company defines compliance risk as the risk of legal or reputational harm, fines, monetary penalties, payment of damages or other forms of sanction as a result of non-compliance with applicable laws, regulations, rules or standards of conduct.

The Company views its ability to effectively mitigate compliance risk as an important aspect of its business model. The Company’s Global Compliance and Ethics organization is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Company’s Corporate-wide Compliance Risk Management Program. Pursuant to this program, the Company seeks to manage and mitigate compliance risk by assessing, controlling, monitoring, measuring and reporting the regulatory risks to which it is exposed.

REPUTATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

The Company defines reputational risk as the risk that negative public perceptions regarding the Company’s products, services, business practices, management, clients and partners, whether true or not, could cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

The Company views protecting its reputation as core to its vision of becoming the world’s most respected service brand and fundamental to its long-term success.

General principles and the overall framework for managing reputational risk across the Company are defined in the Reputational Risk Management Policy. The Reputational Risk Management Committee is responsible for implementation of and adherence to this policy, and for performing periodic assessments of the Company’s reputation and brand health based on internal and external assessments.

Business leaders across the Company are responsible for ensuring that reputation risk implications of transactions, business activities and management practices are appropriately considered and relevant subject matter experts are engaged as needed. In addition, the ERMC and its sub-committees are responsible for ensuring that reputational risk considerations are properly reflected in all decisions escalated to the committees.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Market risk is the risk to earnings or value resulting from movements in market prices. The Company’s market risk exposure is primarily generated by:

 

 

Interest rate risk in its card, insurance and Travelers Cheque businesses, as well as in its investment portfolios; and

 

 

Foreign exchange risk in its operations outside the U.S.

Market risk limits and escalation triggers within the Market Risk and Asset Liability Management Policies are approved by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors and the ERMC, based on recommendations by the ALCO. Market risk is centrally monitored for compliance with policy and limits by the Market Risk Committee, which reports into the ALCO and is chaired by the Chief Market Risk Officer. Market risk management is also guided by policies covering the use of derivative financial instruments, funding and liquidity and investments.

The Company’s market exposures are in large part by-products of the delivery of its products and services. Interest rate risk arises through the funding of Card Member receivables and fixed-rate loans with variable-rate borrowings as well as through the risk to net interest margin from changes in the relationship between benchmark rates such as Prime and LIBOR.

Interest rate exposure within the Company’s charge card and fixed-rate lending products is managed by varying the proportion of total funding provided by variable-rate debt and deposits compared to fixed-rate debt and deposits. In addition, interest rate swaps are used from time to time to effectively convert fixed-rate debt to variable-rate or to convert variable-rate debt to fixed-rate. The Company may change the mix between variable-rate and fixed-rate funding based on changes in business volumes and mix, among other factors.

The Company does not engage in derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Refer to Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

 

45


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

The Company analyzes a variety of scenarios to inform management of potential impacts to earnings and economic value of equity, which may occur given changes in interest rate curves using a range of severities. As of December 31, 2013, the detrimental effect on the Company’s annual net interest income of a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would be approximately $227 million. To calculate this effect, the Company first measures the potential change in net interest income over the following 12 months taking into consideration anticipated future business growth and market-based forward interest rates. The Company then measures the impact of the assumed forward interest rate plus the 100 basis point increase on the projected net interest income. This effect is primarily driven by the volume of charge card receivables and loans deemed to be fixed-rate and funded by variable-rate liabilities. As of December 31, 2013, the percentage of worldwide charge card accounts receivable and credit card loans that were deemed to be fixed rate was 67.6 percent, or $77 billion, with the remaining 32.4 percent, or $37 billion, deemed to be variable rate.

The Company is also subject to market risk from changes in the relationship between the benchmark Prime rate that determines the yield on its variable-rate lending receivables and the benchmark LIBOR rate that determines the effective interest cost on a significant portion of its outstanding debt. Differences in the rate of change of these two indices, commonly referred to as basis risk, would impact the Company’s variable-rate U.S. lending net interest margins because the Company borrows at rates based on LIBOR but lends to its customers based on the Prime rate. The detrimental effect on the Company’s net interest income of a hypothetical 10 basis point decrease in the spread between Prime and one-month LIBOR over the next 12 months is estimated to be $31 million. The Company currently has approximately $36 billion of Prime-based, variable-rate U.S. lending receivables and $31 billion of LIBOR-indexed debt, including asset securitizations.

Foreign exchange risk is generated by Card Member cross-currency charges, foreign subsidiary equity and foreign currency earnings in units outside the U.S. The Company’s foreign exchange risk is managed primarily by entering into agreements to buy and sell currencies on a spot basis or by hedging this market exposure to the extent it is economically justified through various means, including the use of derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and cross-currency swap contracts, which can help “lock in” the value of the Company’s exposure to specific currencies.

As of both December 31, 2013 and 2012, foreign currency derivative instruments with total notional amounts of approximately $27 billion were outstanding. Derivative hedging activities related to cross-currency charges, balance sheet exposures and foreign currency earnings generally do not qualify for hedge accounting; however, derivative hedging activities related to translation exposure of foreign subsidiary equity generally do.

The Company conducts scenario analysis to inform management of potential impacts to earnings that may occur due to changes in foreign exchange rates of various severities. With respect to cross-currency charges and balance sheet exposures, including related foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding, the effect on the Company’s earnings of a hypothetical 10 percent change in the value of the U.S. dollar would be immaterial as of December 31, 2013. With respect to earnings denominated in foreign currencies, the adverse impact on pretax income of a hypothetical 10 percent strengthening of the U.S. dollar related to anticipated overseas operating results for the next 12 months would be approximately $192 million as of December 31, 2013. With respect to translation exposure of foreign subsidiary equity, including related foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding, a hypothetical 10 percent strengthening in the U.S. dollar would result in an immaterial reduction in equity as of December 31, 2013.

The actual impact of interest rate and foreign exchange rate changes will depend on, among other factors, the timing of rate changes, the extent to which different rates do not move in the same direction or in the same direction to the same degree, changes in the cost, volume and mix of the Company’s hedging activities and changes in the volume and mix of the Company’s businesses.

FUNDING & LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Liquidity risk is defined as the inability of the Company to meet its ongoing financial and business obligations as they become due at a reasonable cost. General principles and the overall framework for managing liquidity risk across the Company are defined in the Liquidity Risk Policy approved by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors and the ALCO. Liquidity risk limits are approved by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors and the ERMC. Liquidity risk is centrally managed by the Funding and Liquidity Committee, which reports into the ALCO. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining access to a diverse set of cash, readily-marketable securities and contingent sources of liquidity, such that the Company can continuously meet its business requirements and expected future financing obligations for at least a 12-month period, even in the event it is unable to raise new funds under its regular funding programs during a substantial weakening in economic conditions. The Company balances the trade-offs between maintaining too much liquidity, which can be costly and limit financial flexibility, and having inadequate liquidity, which may result in financial distress during a liquidity event.

Liquidity risk is managed both at an aggregate company level and at the major legal entities in order to ensure that sufficient funding and liquidity resources are available in the amount and in the location needed in a stress event. The Funding and Liquidity Committee reviews the forecasts of the Company’s aggregate and subsidiary cash positions and financing requirements, approves the funding plans designed to satisfy those requirements under normal conditions, establishes guidelines to identify the amount of liquidity resources required and monitors positions and determines any actions to be taken. Liquidity planning also takes into account operating cash flexibilities.

 

46


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies referenced, as applicable, to other financial statement footnotes. Certain of the Company’s accounting policies that require significant management assumptions and judgments are set forth below.

RESERVES FOR CARD MEMBER LOSSES

Reserves for Card Member losses represent management’s best estimate of the probable losses inherent in the Company’s outstanding portfolio of Card Member loans and receivables, as of the balance sheet date.

In estimating these losses, management uses statistical and analytical models that take into account several factors, including loss migration rates, loss emergence periods, historical losses and recoveries, portfolio specific risk indicators, current risk management initiatives and concentration of credit risk. Management also considers other external environmental factors in establishing reserves for Card Member losses.

The process of estimating these reserves requires a high degree of judgment. To the extent historical credit experience updated for external environmental trends is not indicative of future performance, actual losses could differ significantly from management’s judgments and expectations, resulting in either higher or lower future provisions for Card Member losses in any quarter.

As of December 31, 2013, a 10 percent increase in management’s estimate of losses inherent in the outstanding portfolio of Card Member loans and receivables evaluated collectively for impairment at such date would increase reserves for Card Member losses with a corresponding change to provision for Card Member losses by approximately $165 million. This sensitivity analysis is provided as a hypothetical scenario to assess the sensitivity of the provision for Card Member losses. It does not represent management’s expectations for losses in the future, nor does it include how other portfolio factors such as loss migration rates or recoveries, or the amount of outstanding balances, may impact the level of reserves for Card Member losses and the corresponding impact on the provision for Card Member losses.

LIABILITY FOR MEMBERSHIP REWARDS EXPENSE

The Membership Rewards program is the Company’s largest card-based rewards program. Card Members can earn points for purchases charged on their enrolled card products. Certain types of purchases allow Card Members to also earn bonus points. Membership Rewards points are redeemable for a broad variety of rewards including travel, entertainment, retail certificates and merchandise. Points typically do not expire, and there is no limit on the number of points a Card Member may earn.

The Company records a Membership Rewards liability that represents the estimated cost of points earned that are expected to be redeemed by Card Members in the future. The Membership Rewards liability is impacted over time by enrollment levels, points earned and redeemed, and the weighted-average cost per point, which is influenced by redemption choices made by Card Members, reward offerings by partners and other Membership Rewards program changes. The liability reflects management’s judgment regarding ultimate redemptions and associated redemption costs. Actual redemptions and associated redemption costs could differ significantly from management’s judgment resulting in either higher or lower Membership Rewards expense.

Management uses statistical and actuarial models to estimate URRs of points earned to date by current Card Members based on redemption trends of current enrollees, card product type, enrollment tenure, card spend levels and credit attributes. A WAC per point redeemed during the previous 12 months, adjusted as appropriate for certain changes in redemption costs that are not representative of future cost expectations, is used to estimate future redemption costs. Management periodically evaluates its liability estimation process and assumptions based on developments in redemption patterns, cost per point redeemed, partner contract changes and other factors.

Changes in the Membership Rewards URR and WAC per point have the effect of either increasing or decreasing the liability through the current period marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expense by an amount estimated to cover the cost of all points previously earned but not yet redeemed by current enrollees as of the end of the reporting period. As of December 31, 2013, an increase in the estimated URR of current enrollees of 100 basis points would increase the balance sheet liability and corresponding expense for the cost of Membership Rewards by approximately $290 million. Similarly, an increase in the WAC per point of 1 basis point would increase the balance sheet liability and corresponding expense for the cost of Membership Rewards by approximately $86 million.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company holds investment securities and derivative instruments that are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Management makes assumptions and judgments when estimating the fair values of these financial instruments.

In accordance with fair value measurement and disclosure guidance, the objective of a fair value measurement is to determine the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date based on the principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous market for the specific asset or liability. The disclosure guidance establishes a three-level hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to the measurement of fair value based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), followed by the measurement of fair value based on pricing models with significant observable inputs (Level 2), with the lowest priority given to the measurement of fair value based on pricing models with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The Company did not have any Level 3 assets measured on a recurring

 

47


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

basis during the year ended December 31, 2013. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investment Securities

The Company’s investment securities are mostly composed of fixed-income securities issued by states and municipalities as well as the U.S. Government and Agencies.

The fair market values for the Company’s investment securities, including investments comprising defined benefit pension plan assets, are obtained primarily from pricing services engaged by the Company. For each security, the Company receives one price from a pricing service. The fair values provided by the pricing services are estimated using pricing models, where the inputs to those models are based on observable market inputs or recent trades of similar securities. The pricing services did not apply any adjustments to the pricing models used as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. In addition, the Company did not apply any adjustments to prices received from the pricing services. The Company reaffirms its understanding of the valuation techniques used by its pricing services at least annually. In addition, the Company corroborates the prices provided by its pricing services for reasonableness by comparing the prices from the respective pricing services to valuations obtained from different pricing sources as well as comparing prices to the sale prices received from sold securities at least quarterly.

In the measurement of fair value for the Company’s investment securities, even though the underlying inputs used in the pricing models are directly observable from active markets or recent trades of similar securities in inactive markets, the pricing models do entail a certain amount of subjectivity and therefore differing judgments in how the underlying inputs are modeled could result in different estimates of fair value.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities

Realized losses are recognized when management determines that a decline in the fair value of investment securities is other-than-temporary. Such determination requires judgment regarding the amount and timing of recovery. The Company reviews and evaluates its investment securities at least quarterly, and more often as market conditions may require, to identify investment securities that have indications of other-than-temporary impairments. The Company considers several factors when evaluating debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment, including the determination of the extent to which a decline in the fair value of a security is due to increased default risk for the specific issuer or market interest rate risk. With respect to market interest rate risk, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the investment securities and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of any unrealized losses.

In determining whether any of the Company’s investment securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, a change in facts and circumstances could lead to a change in management judgment about the Company’s view on collectability and credit quality of the issuer, or the impact of market interest rates on the investment securities. Any such changes could result in the Company recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment loss through earnings.

Derivative Instruments

The Company’s primary derivative instruments are interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward agreements, cross-currency swaps and a total return swap relating to a foreign equity investment.

The fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is estimated by using either a third-party valuation service that uses proprietary pricing models, or by internal pricing models, where the inputs to those models are readily observable from actively quoted markets. The Company reaffirms its understanding of the valuation techniques used by a third-party valuation service at least annually.

To mitigate credit risk arising from the Company’s derivative instruments, counterparties are required to be pre-approved and rated as investment grade. In addition, the Company manages certain counterparty credit risks by exchanging cash and noncash collateral under executed credit support agreements. The noncash collateral does not reduce the derivative balance reflected in the other assets line but effectively reduces risk exposure as it is available in the event of counterparty default. Based on the assessment of credit risk of the Company’s derivative counterparties, the Company does not have derivative positions that warrant credit valuation adjustments.

In the measurement of fair value for the Company’s derivative instruments, although the underlying inputs used in the pricing models are readily observable from actively quoted markets, the pricing models do entail a certain amount of subjectivity and, therefore, differing judgments in how the underlying inputs are modeled could result in different estimates of fair value.

GOODWILL RECOVERABILITY

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost of an acquired company over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually or when events or circumstances arise, such as adverse changes in the business climate, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company’s approach and methodology for conducting its goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, but is fundamentally based on the measurement of fair value for the Company’s reporting units, which inherently entails the use of significant judgment.

For valuation, the Company uses a combination of the income approach (discounted cash flows) and market approach (market multiples) in estimating the fair value of its reporting units.

When preparing discounted cash flow models under the income approach, the Company estimates future cash flows using the reporting unit’s internal multi-year forecast, and a terminal value calculated using a growth rate that management believes is appropriate in light of current and expected future economic

 

48


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

conditions. To discount these cash flows the Company uses its expected cost of equity, determined using a capital asset pricing model. When using the market method under the market approach, the Company applies comparable publically traded companies’ multiples (e.g., earnings, revenues) to its reporting units’ actual results. The judgment in estimating forecasted cash flows, discount rates and market comparables is significant, and imprecision could materially affect the fair value of the Company’s reporting units.

Based upon the updated valuations for the Company’s reporting units, the Company has concluded goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2013, nor was any goodwill written off during 2013. However, the Company could be exposed to increased risk of goodwill impairment if future operating results or macroeconomic conditions differ significantly from management’s current assumptions.

INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates. These tax laws are complex, and the manner in which they apply to the taxpayer’s facts is sometimes open to interpretation. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments about the application of inherently complex tax laws.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company establishes a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which are the differences between a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit recognized in the financial statements.

In establishing a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit, assumptions may be made in determining whether, and the extent to which, a tax position should be sustained. A tax position is recognized only when it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority based on its technical merits. The amount of tax benefit recognized is the largest benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement. As new information becomes available, the Company evaluates its tax positions, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate.

Tax benefits ultimately realized can differ from amounts previously recognized due to uncertainties, with any such differences generally impacting the provision for income tax.

Deferred Tax Asset Realization

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.

Since deferred taxes measure the future tax effects of items recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements, certain estimates and assumptions are required to determine whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the benefit of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making this assessment, management analyzes and estimates the impact of future taxable income, reversing temporary differences and available tax planning strategies. These assessments are performed quarterly, taking into account any new information.

Changes in facts or circumstances can lead to changes in the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets due to uncertainties.

 

49


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

OTHER MATTERS

CERTAIN LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND OTHER DEVELOPMENTS

As a participant in the financial services industry and as a bank holding company, the Company is subject to comprehensive examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve and to a range of laws and regulations that impact its business and operations. In light of legislative initiatives over the last several years and continuing regulatory reform implementation, compliance requirements and expenditures have risen for financial services firms, including the Company, and the Company expects compliance requirements and expenditures will continue to rise in the future.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank) contains a wide array of provisions intended to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. Among other matters, the law created an independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB), which has broad rulemaking authority over providers of credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services with respect to certain federal consumer financial laws. Moreover, the CFPB has examination and enforcement authority with respect to certain federal consumer financial laws for providers of consumer financial products and services, including the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The CFPB is directed to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts or practices, and to ensure that all consumers have access to fair, transparent and competitive markets for consumer financial products and services.

The review of products and practices to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive conduct will be a continuing focus of the CFPB and banking regulators more broadly, as well as by the Company itself. Internal and regulatory reviews have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, changes to the Company’s practices, products and procedures. Such reviews are also likely to continue to result in increased costs related to regulatory oversight, supervision and examination and additional restitution to the Company’s Card Members and may result in additional regulatory actions, including civil money penalties.

In December 2013, the Company announced that certain of its subsidiaries reached settlements with several banking regulators, including the CFPB, to resolve regulatory reviews of marketing and billing practices related to several credit card add-on products. For a description of these settlements, see “Legal Proceedings” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In October 2012, the Company announced that it and certain of its subsidiaries reached settlements with several bank regulators, including the CFPB, relating to certain aspects of the Company’s U.S. consumer card practices, which requires the Company to undertake certain actions that will continue in 2014. For a description of these settlements, see “Legal Proceedings” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Dodd-Frank prohibits payment card networks from restricting merchants from offering discounts or incentives to customers to pay with particular forms of payment, such as cash, check, credit or debit card, or restricting merchants from setting certain minimum, and for certain merchants maximum, transaction amounts for credit cards, as long as any such discounts or incentives or any minimum or maximum transaction amounts do not discriminate on the basis of the issuer or network and comply with applicable federal or state disclosure requirements.

Under Dodd-Frank, the Federal Reserve is also authorized to regulate interchange fees paid to financial institutions on debit card and certain general-use prepaid card transactions to ensure that they are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of processing individual transactions, and to prohibit payment card networks and issuers from requiring transactions to be processed on a single payment network or fewer than two unaffiliated networks. The Federal Reserve’s rule provides that the regulations on interchange and routing do not apply to a three-party network like American Express when it acts as both the issuer and the network for its prepaid cards, and the Company is therefore not a “payment card network” as that term is defined and used for the specific purposes of the rule.

Dodd-Frank also authorizes the Federal Reserve to establish enhanced prudential regulatory requirements, including capital, leverage and liquidity standards, risk management requirements, concentration limits on credit exposures, mandatory resolution plans (so-called “living wills”) and stress tests for, among others, large bank holding companies, such as the Company, that have greater than $50 billion in assets. The Company is also required to develop and maintain a “capital plan,” and to submit the capital plan to the Federal Reserve for its quantitative and qualitative review under the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. In addition, certain derivative transactions are now required to be centrally cleared, which will increase collateral posting requirements for the Company.

Many provisions of Dodd-Frank require the adoption of additional rules or regulatory guidance for complete implementation. In addition, Dodd-Frank mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. Accordingly, the ultimate consequences of Dodd-Frank and its implementing regulations on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition continues to be uncertain at this time.

 

50


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Department of Justice Litigation

The U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and certain states attorneys general have brought an action against the Company alleging that the provisions in the Company’s card acceptance agreements with merchants that prohibit merchants from discriminating against the Company’s card products at the point of sale violate the U.S. antitrust laws. See Item 1. “Legal Proceedings” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, for descriptions of the DOJ action and related cases. Visa and MasterCard, which were also defendants in the DOJ and state action, entered into a settlement agreement and have been dismissed as parties pursuant to that agreement. The settlement enjoins Visa and MasterCard, with certain exceptions, from adopting or enforcing rules or entering into contracts that prohibit merchants from engaging in various actions to steer cardholders to other card products or payment forms at the point of sale. If similar conditions were imposed on American Express, it could have a material adverse effect on American Express’ business.

Other Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives

The payment card sector also faces continuing scrutiny in connection with the fees merchants pay to accept cards and terms of merchant rules and contracts. Regulators and legislators outside the U.S. have focused on the way bankcard network members collectively set the “interchange” (that is, the fee paid by the bankcard merchant acquirer to the card issuer in “four-party” payment networks, like Visa and MasterCard). Although, unlike the Visa and MasterCard networks, the American Express “three-party” payment network does not have interchange fees or collectively set any fees, antitrust actions and government regulation relating to merchant pricing or terms of merchant rules and contracts could affect all networks.

In January 2012, the European Commission (the Commission) published a Green Paper (a document to begin a process of consultation toward potential regulation) covering a range of issues affecting the payments industry. The Commission completed the consultation process and on July 24, 2013, issued its recommendations, which included draft legislation now under consideration within the European Parliament. The Commission’s recommendations included a number of proposals that would likely have significant impact across the industry and would apply either in whole or in part to American Express. The proposed changes include:

 

 

Price caps — The Commission proposed capping interchange fees at 20 basis points for debit and prepaid cards and 30 basis points for credit and charge cards. Although American Express does not have interchange fees like four-party networks such as Visa and MasterCard have, the caps would be deemed to apply to elements of the financial arrangements agreed between American Express and each GNS partner in the European Union (the EU). The discount rates American Express agrees with merchants would not be capped, but the interchange caps could exert downward pressures on merchant fees across the industry, including American Express discount rates. The Commission would exclude commercial card transactions generally from the scope of these caps.

 

 

Network rules on card acceptance — The Commission proposed to prohibit honor-all-cards and anti-steering rules across all card networks. In addition, the draft proposals sought harmonization of surcharging rules so that, across the EU, transactions that are subject to the interchange caps may not be surcharged, but transactions falling outside the scope of the caps could be surcharged up to cost.

 

 

Network licensing — The Commission proposed to require all networks, including three-party payment networks that operate with licensing arrangements, which would include the Company’s GNS business, to establish objective, proportionate and non-discriminatory criteria under which a financial institution could qualify to be licensed to operate on the network. In addition, the scope of network licenses would be required to cover the entire EU. These requirements are inconsistent with the flexibility and discretion that American Express has had to date in deciding when, where and with whom to grant a license in the GNS business.

 

 

Separation of network processing — The Commission proposed to require card networks to separate their network processing functions (in which transactions between different issuers and acquirers are processed for authorization, clearing and settlement). This proposal does not apply to three-party payment networks, such as American Express, but may be deemed applicable in situations where a different GNS issuer and acquirer is involved in a transaction, which represent a very small percentage of transactions on the American Express network. Further clarification of the applicability of this requirement is needed where, as with GNS, licensing arrangements do not give rise to inter-bank transactions or relationships.

These proposals are currently subject to debate and amendment by the European Parliament and Council in a complex legislative process that will also involve the EC. It is too early to assess the exact scope and impact of any final legislation.

In certain countries, such as Australia, and in certain member states in the EU, merchants are permitted by law to surcharge card purchases. While surcharging continues to be actively considered in certain jurisdictions, the benefits to customers have not been apparent in countries that have allowed it, and in some cases regulators are addressing concerns about excessive surcharging by merchants. Surcharging, particularly where it disproportionately impacts American Express Card Members, which is known as differential surcharging, could have a material adverse effect on the Company if it becomes widespread. The Reserve Bank of Australia changed the Australian surcharging standards beginning March 18, 2013 to allow the Company and other networks to limit a merchant’s right to surcharge to “the reasonable cost of card acceptance.” In the EU, the Consumer Rights Directive, prohibits merchants from surcharging

 

51


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

card purchases more than the merchants’ cost of acceptance in those member states that permit surcharging.

Although neither a legislative nor regulatory initiative, the settlement by MasterCard and Visa in a U.S. merchant class litigation required, among other things, MasterCard and Visa to permit U.S. merchants, subject to certain conditions, to surcharge credit cards, while allowing them to continue to prohibit surcharges on debit and prepaid card transactions. In December 2013, we announced the proposed settlement of a number of U.S. merchant class action lawsuits, which if approved, would change certain surcharging provisions in our U.S. card acceptance agreements. For a further description of the proposed settlement, see Item 1. “Legal Proceedings” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Also, other countries in which the Company operates have been considering, and in some cases adopting similar legislation and rules that would impose changes on certain practices of card issuers, merchant acquirers and payment networks. Governments in several countries have established or are proposing to establish payment system regulatory regimes. Broad regulatory oversight over payment systems can include rules regarding fees involved in the operation of card networks and, in some cases, requirements for international card networks to be locally licensed and/or to localize aspects of their operations. The development and enforcement of regulatory regimes may adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our revenues and extend our global network.

Refer to “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for a discussion of capital adequacy requirements established by federal banking regulators.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Refer to the Recently Issued Accounting Standards section of Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMINOLOGY

Adjusted average loans — Represents average Card Member loans excluding the impact of deferred card fees, net of direct acquisition costs of Card Member loans and certain other immaterial items.

Adjusted net interest income — Represents net interest income attributable to the Company’s Card Member loans portfolio excluding the impact of interest expense and interest income not attributable to the Company’s Card Member loans portfolio.

Asset securitizations — Asset securitization involves the transfer and sale of receivables or loans to a special-purpose entity created for the securitization activity, typically a trust. The trust, in turn, issues securities, commonly referred to as asset-backed securities, that are secured by the transferred receivables or loans. The trust uses the proceeds from the sale of such securities to pay the purchase price for the underlying receivables or loans. The receivables and loans of the Company’s Charge Trust II and Lending Trust being securitized are reported as assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Average discount rate — This calculation is designed to reflect pricing at merchants accepting general purpose American Express cards. It represents the percentage of billed business (both proprietary and GNS) retained by the Company from merchants it acquires, prior to payments to third parties unrelated to merchant acceptance.

Basel III supplementary leverage ratio — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definition.

Basic cards-in-force — Proprietary basic consumer cards-in-force includes basic cards issued to the primary account owner and does not include additional supplemental cards issued on that account. Proprietary basic small business and corporate cards-in-force include basic and supplemental cards issued to employee Card Members. Non-proprietary basic cards-in-force includes cards that are issued and outstanding under network partnership agreements, except for supplemental cards and retail co-brand Card Member accounts which have had no out-of-store spend activity during the prior 12-month period.

Billed business — Includes activities (including cash advances) related to proprietary cards, cards issued under network partnership agreements (non-proprietary billed business), corporate payments and certain insurance fees charged on proprietary cards. In-store spend activity within retail co-brand portfolios in GNS, from which the Company earns no revenue, is not included in non-proprietary billed business. Card billed business is reflected in the U.S. or outside the U.S. based on where the Card Member is domiciled.

Capital asset pricing model — Generates an appropriate discount rate using internal and external inputs to value future cash flows based on the time value of money and the price for bearing uncertainty inherent in an investment.

Capital ratios — Represents the minimum standards established by the regulatory agencies as a measure to determine whether the regulated entity has sufficient capital to absorb on- and off-balance sheet losses beyond current loss accrual estimates.

Card acquisition — Primarily represents the issuance of new cards to either new or existing Card Members through marketing and promotion efforts.

Card Member — The individual holder of an issued American Express branded charge or credit card.

Card Member loans — Represents the outstanding amount due from Card Members for charges made on their American Express credit cards, as well as any interest charges and card-related fees. Card Member loans also include revolving balances on certain American Express charge card products and are net of deferred card fees.

Card Member receivables — Represents the outstanding amount due from Card Members for charges made on their American Express charge cards as well as any card-related fees.

Charge cards — Represents cards that generally carry no pre-set spending limits and are primarily designed as a method of payment and not as a means of financing purchases. Charge Card Members generally must pay the full amount billed each month. No finance charges are assessed on charge cards. Each charge card transaction is authorized based on its likely economics reflecting a customer’s most recent credit information and spend patterns. Some charge card accounts have an additional lending-on-charge feature that allows revolving certain balances.

 

52


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Credit cards — Represents cards that have a range of revolving payment terms, grace periods, and rate and fee structures.

Discount revenue — Represents revenue earned from fees generally charged to merchants with whom the Company has entered into a card acceptance agreement for processing Card Member transactions. The discount fee generally is deducted from the Company’s payment reimbursing the merchant for Card Member purchases. Discount revenue is reduced by other payments made to merchants, third-party card issuing partners, cash-back reward costs, corporate incentive payments and other contra-revenue items.

Interest expense — Interest expense includes interest incurred primarily to fund Card Member loans, charge card product receivables, general corporate purposes, and liquidity needs, and is recognized as incurred. Interest expense is divided principally into two categories: (i) deposits, which primarily relates to interest expense on deposits taken from customers and institutions and (ii) long-term debt, which primarily relates to interest expense on the Company’s long-term financing and short-term borrowings, which primarily relates to interest expense on commercial paper, federal funds purchased, bank overdrafts and other short-term borrowings.

Interest income — Interest income includes (i) interest on loans, (ii) interest and dividends on investment securities and (iii) interest income on deposits with banks and others.

Interest on loans — is assessed using the average daily balance method for loans. Unless the loan is classified as non-accrual, interest is recognized based upon the principal amount outstanding in accordance with the terms of the applicable account agreement until the outstanding balance is paid or written off.

Interest and dividends on investment securities — primarily relates to the Company’s performing fixed-income securities. Interest income is accrued as earned using the effective interest method, which adjusts the yield for security premiums and discounts, fees and other payments, so that the related investment security recognizes a constant rate of return on the outstanding balance throughout its term. These amounts are recognized until these securities are in default or when it is likely that future interest payments will not be made as scheduled.

Interest income on deposits with banks and other — is recognized as earned, and primarily relates to the placement of cash in excess of near-term funding requirements in interest-bearing time deposits, overnight sweep accounts, and other interest bearing demand and call accounts.

Merchant acquisition — Represents the signing of merchants to accept American Express-branded cards.

Net card fees — Represents the card membership fees earned during the period. These fees are recognized as revenue over the covered card membership period (typically one year), net of provision for projected refunds for cancellation of card membership.

Net interest yield on Card Member loans — Net interest yield on Card Member loans is computed by dividing adjusted net interest income by adjusted average loans, computed on an annualized basis. The calculation of net interest yield on Card Member loans includes interest that is deemed uncollectible. For all presentations of net interest yield on Card Member loans, reserves and net write-offs related to uncollectible interest are recorded through provisions for losses — Card Member loans; therefore, such reserves and net write-offs are not included in the net interest yield calculation.

Net loss ratio — Represents the ratio of ICS and GCS charge card write-offs consisting of principal (resulting from authorized and unauthorized transactions) and fee components, less recoveries, on Card Member receivables expressed as a percentage of gross amounts billed to Card Members.

Net write-off rate — principal only — Represents the amount of Card Member loans or USCS Card Member receivables written off consisting of principal (resulting from authorized transactions), less recoveries, as a percentage of the average loan balance or USCS average receivables during the period.

Net write-off rate — principal, interest and fees — Includes, in the calculation of the net write-off rate, amounts for interest and fees in addition to principal for Card Member loans, and fees in addition to principal for USCS Card Member receivables.

Operating expenses — Represents salaries and employee benefits, professional services, occupancy and equipment, communications and other expenses.

Return on average equity — Calculated by dividing one-year period net income by one-year average total shareholders’ equity.

Return on average segment capital — Calculated by dividing one-year period segment income by one-year average segment capital.

Return on average tangible segment capital — Computed in the same manner as return on average segment capital except the computation of average tangible segment capital excludes from average segment capital average goodwill and other intangibles.

Risk-weighted assets — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definitions under Basel I and Basel III.

Segment capital — Represents the capital allocated to a segment based upon specific business operational needs, risk measures and regulatory capital requirements.

Three-party network — A payment network, such as American Express, that acts as both the card issuer and merchant acquirer.

Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definitions under Basel I and Basel III.

Tier 1 leverage ratio — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definitions under Basel I and Basel III.

 

53


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definitions under Basel I and Basel III.

Total cards-in-force — Represents the number of cards that are issued and outstanding. Non-proprietary cards-in-force includes all cards that are issued and outstanding under network partnership agreements, except for retail co-brand Card Member accounts which have no out-of-store spend activity during the prior 12-month period.

Total risk-based capital ratio — Refer to the Capital Strategy section under “Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity” for the definition.

Travel sales — Represents the total dollar amount of travel transaction volume for airline, hotel, car rental and other travel arrangements made for consumers and corporate clients. The Company earns revenue on these transactions by charging a transaction or management fee.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements, which address the Company’s expected business and financial performance, among other matters, contain words such as “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “optimistic,” “intend,” “plan,” “aim,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “likely,” and similar expressions. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

the ability to hold annual operating expense growth to less than 3 percent during 2014, which will depend in part on unanticipated increases in significant categories of operating expenses, such as consulting or professional fees, compliance or regulatory-related costs and technology costs, the payment of monetary damages and penalties, disgorgement and restitution, the Company’s decision to increase or decrease discretionary operating expenses depending on overall business performance, the Company’s ability to achieve the expected benefits of the Company’s reengineering plans, which will be impacted by, among other things, the factors identified in the third bullet below, the Company’s ability to balance expense control and investments in the business, the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on costs and results, the impact of accounting changes and reclassifications, and the level of acquisition activity and related expenses;

 

 

the actual amount to be spent by the Company on investments in the business, including on marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services and certain operating expenses and in such areas as affluent consumers, small businesses, business-to-business payments, merchant coverage, international growth, prepaid and online/mobile commerce, as well as the actual amount of any potential gain arising from the proposed GBT joint venture transaction the Company decides to invest in growth initiatives, which will be based in part on management’s assessment of competitive opportunities and the Company’s performance and the ability to control operating, infrastructure, advertising, promotion and rewards expenses as business expands or changes, including the changing behavior of Card Members;

 

 

changes affecting the Company’s ability or desire to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of its common shares in the first quarter of 2014, such as acquisitions, results of operations, capital needs and the amount of shares issued by the Company to employees upon the exercise of options, among other factors, which will significantly impact the potential decrease in the Company’s capital ratios;

 

 

the possibility of not achieving the expected timing and financial impact of the Company’s reengineering plans, which could be caused by factors such as the Company’s inability to mitigate the operational and other risks posed by planned staff reductions, the Company’s inability to develop and implement technology resources to realize cost savings, underestimating hiring needs related to some of the job positions being eliminated and other employee needs not currently anticipated, lower than expected attrition rates and higher than expected redeployment rates;

 

 

the ability of the Company to meet its on-average and over-time growth targets for revenues net of interest expense, earnings per share and return on average equity, which will depend on factors such as the Company’s success in implementing its strategies and business initiatives including growing the Company’s share of overall spending, increasing merchant coverage, enhancing its pre-paid offerings, expanding the GNS business and controlling expenses, and on factors outside management’s control including the willingness of Card Members to sustain spending, the effectiveness of marketing and loyalty programs, regulatory and market pressures on pricing, credit trends, currency and interest rate fluctuations, and changes in general economic conditions, such as GDP growth, consumer confidence, unemployment and the housing market;

 

 

the ability of the Company to meet its on-average and over-time objective to return 50 percent of capital generated to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases, which will depend on factors such as approval of the Company’s capital plans by its regulators, the amount the Company spends on acquisitions, the Company’s results of operations and capital needs in any given period, and the amount of shares issued by the Company to employees upon the exercise of options;

 

54


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

 

uncertainties associated with creation of a joint venture for the Company’s GBT operations, including events impacting the likelihood and timing of the creation of the joint venture, execution of transaction documentation and completion of the transaction, such as continued negotiations, ongoing diligence, regulatory and other approvals and consultation requirements; the ability of the potential investors to fund their investment in the joint venture; uncertainty relating to the timing and magnitude of the recognition of a gain by American Express as a result of the transaction, such as the amount of the funds ultimately raised by the joint venture and when assets are transferred to the joint venture; the underlying assumptions related to the transaction proving to be inaccurate or unrealized, such as the ability of the transaction to accelerate the transformation and growth of the corporate travel business and the ability to realize strategic linkages between the business operations of the joint venture and American Express following the transaction, including the acceleration of growth in the corporate payments business; and the joint venture’s ability to successfully create additional investment capacity and enhance the suite of products and services available upon consummation of the transaction;

 

 

uncertainty relating to the outcomes and costs associated with merchant class actions, including the success or failure of the proposed settlement agreement, such as objections to the settlement agreement by plaintiffs and other parties and uncertainty and timing related to the approval of the settlement agreement by the Court, which can be impacted by appeals;

 

 

changes in global economic and business conditions, including consumer and business spending, the availability and cost of credit, unemployment and political conditions, all of which may significantly affect spending on American Express cards, delinquency rates, loan balances and other aspects of the Company’s business and results of operations;

 

 

changes in capital and credit market conditions, including sovereign creditworthiness, which may significantly affect the Company’s ability to meet its liquidity needs, expectations regarding capital and liquidity ratios, access to capital and cost of capital, including changes in interest rates; changes in market conditions affecting the valuation of the Company’s assets; or any reduction in the Company’s credit ratings or those of its subsidiaries, which could materially increase the cost and other terms of the Company’s funding, restrict its access to the capital markets or result in contingent payments under contracts;

 

 

the Company’s funding plan for the full year 2014 being implemented in a manner inconsistent with current expectations, which will depend on various factors such as future business growth, the impact of global economic, political and other events on market capacity, demand for securities offered by the Company, regulatory changes, ability to securitize and sell receivables and the performance of receivables previously sold in securitization transactions;

 

 

litigation, such as class actions or proceedings brought by governmental and regulatory agencies (including the lawsuit filed against the Company by the U.S. Department of Justice and certain state attorneys general), that could result in (i) the imposition of behavioral remedies against the Company or the Company voluntarily making certain changes to its business practices, the effects of which in either case could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance; (ii) the imposition of substantial monetary damages and penalties, disgorgement and restitution; and/or (iii) damage to the Company’s global reputation and brand;

 

 

legal and regulatory developments wherever the Company does business, including legislative and regulatory reforms in the U.S., such as the establishment of the CFPB and Dodd-Frank’s stricter regulation of large, interconnected financial institutions, which could make fundamental changes to many of the Company’s business practices or materially affect its capital or liquidity requirements, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or repurchase its stock; actions and potential future actions by the FDIC and credit rating agencies applicable to securitization trusts, which could impact the Company’s ABS program; or potential changes to the taxation of the Company’s businesses, the allowance of deductions for significant expenses, or the incidence of consumption taxes on the Company’s transactions, products and services;

 

 

changes in the substantial and increasing worldwide competition in the payments industry, including competitive pressure that may impact the prices the Company charges merchants that accept the Company’s cards and the success of marketing, promotion or rewards programs;

 

 

changes in the financial condition and creditworthiness of the Company’s business partners, such as bankruptcies, restructurings or consolidations, involving merchants that represent a significant portion of the Company’s business, such as the airline industry, or the Company’s partners in GNS or financial institutions that the Company relies on for routine funding and liquidity, which could materially affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations;

 

 

the impact of final laws and regulations, if any, arising from the European Commission’s legislative proposals covering a range of issues affecting the payments industry, which will depend on various factors, including, but not limited to, the issues presented and decisions made in the European legislative and regulatory processes addressing the proposed regulation of interchange fees and other practices related to card-based payment transactions, the amount of time these processes take to reach completion, and the actual pricing and other requirements ultimately adopted in the final laws and regulations in the European Union and its member states;

 

55


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

2013 FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

 

the ability of the Company to maintain and expand its presence in the digital payments space, including online and mobile channels, which will depend on the Company’s success in evolving its business models and processes for the digital environment, building partnerships and executing programs with companies, and utilizing digital capabilities that can be leveraged for future growth;

 

 

factors beyond the Company’s control such as fire, power loss, disruptions in telecommunications, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, terrorism, cyber attacks or fraud, which could significantly affect spending on American Express cards, delinquency rates, loan balances and travel-related spending or disrupt the Company’s global network systems and ability to process transactions; and

 

 

the potential failure of the U.S. Congress to renew legislation regarding the active financing exception to Subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code, which could increase the Company’s effective tax rate and have an adverse impact on net income.

A further description of these uncertainties and other risks can be found in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the Company’s other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

56


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP in the United States of America, and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992).

Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, we conclude that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report appearing on the following page on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

 

57


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Express Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

LOGO

New York, New York

February 25, 2014

 

58


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      PAGE   
Consolidated Statements of Income — For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011      60   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011      61   
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2013 and 2012      62   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011      63   
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity — For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011      64   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   
Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies      65   
Note 2 — Acquisitions and Divestitures      68   
Note 3 — Fair Values      68   
Note 4 — Accounts Receivable and Loans      72   
Note 5 — Reserves for Losses      77   
Note 6 — Investment Securities      79   
Note 7 — Asset Securitizations      80   
Note 8 — Other Assets      81   
Note 9 — Customer Deposits      83   
Note 10 — Debt      84   
Note 11 — Other Liabilities      87   
Note 12 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities      87   
Note 13 — Guarantees      91   
Note 14 — Common and Preferred Shares      91   
Note 15 — Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income      92   
Note 16 — Restructuring      93   
Note 17 — Income Taxes      94   
Note 18 — Earnings Per Common Share      96   
Note 19 — Details of Certain Consolidated Statements of Income Lines      96   

Includes further details of:

  

 Other Commissions and Fees

  

 Other Revenues

  

 Marketing, Promotion, Rewards and Card Member Services

  

 Other, Net

  
Note 20 — Stock Plans      97   
Note 21 — Retirement Plans      98   
Note 22 — Significant Credit Concentrations      99   
Note 23 — Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy      100   
Note 24 — Commitments and Contingencies      101   
Note 25 — Reportable Operating Segments and Geographic Operations      102   
Note 26 — Parent Company      105   
Note 27 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)      107   

 

59


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

                                                                    
Years Ended December 31 (Millions, except per share amounts)    2013      2012      2011  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues

        

Non-interest revenues

        

Discount revenue

   $ 18,695      $ 17,739      $ 16,734  

Net card fees

     2,631        2,506        2,448  

Travel commissions and fees

     1,913        1,940        1,971  

Other commissions and fees

     2,414        2,317        2,269  

Other

     2,274        2,425        2,164  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     27,927        26,927        25,586  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income

        

Interest on loans

     6,718        6,511        6,272  

Interest and dividends on investment securities

     201        246        327  

Deposits with banks and other

     86        97        97  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     7,005        6,854        6,696  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

        

Deposits

     442        480        528  

Long-term debt and other

     1,516        1,746        1,792  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,958        2,226        2,320  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     5,047        4,628        4,376  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues net of interest expense

     32,974        31,555        29,962  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for losses

        

Charge card

     789        742        770  

Card Member loans

     1,229        1,149        253  

Other

     92        99        89  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provisions for losses

     2,110        1,990        1,112  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues net of interest expense after provisions for losses

     30,864        29,565        28,850  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

     10,267        9,944        9,930  

Salaries and employee benefits

     6,191        6,597        6,252  

Other, net

     6,518        6,573        5,712  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22,976        23,114        21,894  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pretax income from continuing operations

     7,888        6,451        6,956  

Income tax provision

     2,529        1,969        2,057  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     5,359        4,482        4,899  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                   36  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,359      $ 4,482      $ 4,935  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per Common Share – Basic: (Note 18)

        

Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders(a)

   $ 4.91      $ 3.91      $ 4.11  

Income from discontinued operations

                   0.03  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders(a)

   $ 4.91      $ 3.91      $ 4.14  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per Common Share – Diluted: (Note 18)

        

Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders(a)

   $ 4.88      $ 3.89      $ 4.09  

Income from discontinued operations

                   0.03  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders(a)

   $ 4.88      $ 3.89      $ 4.12  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding for earnings per common share:

        

Basic

     1,082        1,135        1,178  

Diluted

     1,089        1,141        1,184  

 

(a) Represents income from continuing operations or net income, as applicable, less earnings allocated to participating share awards and other items of $47 million, $49 million and $58 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

                                                                    
Years Ended December 31 (Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,935  

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Net unrealized securities (losses) gains, net of tax

     (252     27       231  

Net unrealized derivatives gains, net of tax

            1       6  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     (336     (72     (179

Net unrealized pension and other postretirement benefit gains (losses), net of tax

     89       (7     (17

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (499     (51     41  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 4,860     $ 4,431     $ 4,976  

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

                                             
December 31 (Millions, except per share data)    2013     2012  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,212     $ 2,020  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks (includes securities purchased under resale agreements: 2013, $143; 2012, $58)

     16,776       19,892  

Short-term investment securities

     498       338  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     19,486       22,250  

Accounts receivable

    

Card Member receivables (includes gross receivables available to settle obligations of consolidated variable interest entities: 2013, $7,329; 2012, $8,012), less reserves: 2013, $386; 2012, $428

     43,777       42,338  

Other receivables, less reserves: 2013, $71; 2012, $86

     3,408       3,576  

Loans

    

Card Member loans (includes gross loans available to settle obligations of consolidated variable interest entities: 2013, $31,245; 2012, $32,731), less reserves: 2013, $1,261; 2012, $1,471

     65,977       63,758  

Other loans, less reserves: 2013, $13; 2012, $20

     608       551  

Investment securities

     5,016       5,614  

Premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization: 2013, $5,978; 2012, $5,429

     3,875       3,635  

Other assets (includes restricted cash of consolidated variable interest entities: 2013, $58; 2012, $76)

     11,228       11,418  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 153,375     $ 153,140  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities

    

Customer deposits

   $ 41,763     $ 39,803  

Travelers Cheques and other prepaid products

     4,240       4,601  

Accounts payable

     10,615       10,006  

Short-term borrowings (includes debt issued by consolidated variable interest entities: 2013, $2,000; 2012, nil)

     5,021       3,314  

Long-term debt (includes debt issued by consolidated variable interest entities: 2013, $18,690; 2012, $19,277)

     55,330       58,973  

Other liabilities

     16,910       17,557  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 133,879     $ 134,254  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 24)

    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common shares, $0.20 par value, authorized 3.6 billion shares; issued and outstanding 1,064 million shares as of December 31, 2013 and 1,105 million shares as of December 31, 2012

     213       221  

Additional paid-in capital

     12,202       12,067  

Retained earnings

     8,507       7,525  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    

Net unrealized securities gains, net of tax of: 2013, $33; 2012, $175

     63       315  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of: 2013, $(526); 2012, $(611)

     (1,090     (754

Net unrealized pension and other postretirement benefit losses, net of tax of: 2013, $(177); 2012, $(233)

     (399     (488

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,426     (927

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     19,496       18,886  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 153,375     $ 153,140  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

                                                                    
Years Ended December 31 (Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,935  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                 (36

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     5,359       4,482       4,899  

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provisions for losses

     2,110       1,990       1,112  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,020       991       918  

Deferred taxes and other

     (283     218       818  

Stock-based compensation

     350       297       301  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

      

Other receivables

     (73     153       663  

Other assets

     335       390       (635

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     88        (358     2,186  

Travelers Cheques and other prepaid products

     (359     (540     (494

Premium paid on debt exchange

           (541      

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     8,547       7,082       9,768  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Sale of investments

     217       525       1,176  

Maturity and redemption of investments

     1,292       1,562       6,074  

Purchase of investments

     (1,348     (473     (1,158

Net increase in Card Member loans/receivables

     (6,301     (6,671     (8,358

Purchase of premises and equipment, net of sales: 2013, $72; 2012, $3; 2011, $16

     (1,006     (1,053     (1,189

Acquisitions/dispositions, net of cash acquired/sold

     (195     (466     (610

Net decrease in restricted cash

     72       31       3,574  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (7,269     (6,545     (491

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Net increase in customer deposits

     1,195       2,300       8,232  

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     1,843       (1,015     705  

Issuance of long-term debt

     11,995       13,934       13,982  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (14,763     (14,076     (21,029

Issuance of American Express common shares

     721       443       594  

Repurchase of American Express common shares

     (3,943     (3,952     (2,300

Dividends paid

     (939     (902     (861

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,891     (3,268     (677

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (151     88       (63

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,764     (2,643     8,537  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     22,250       24,893       16,356  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 19,486     $ 22,250     $ 24,893  

Supplemental cash flow information

      

Non-cash financing activities

      

Impact of debt exchange on long-term debt

   $     $ 439     $  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Three Years Ended December 31, 2013

(Millions, except per share amounts)

   Total     Common
Shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Retained
Earnings
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

   $ 16,230     $ 238     $ 11,937     $ (917   $ 4,972  

Net income

     4,935             4,935  

Other comprehensive income

     41           41    

Repurchase of common shares

     (2,300     (10     (494       (1,796

Other changes, primarily employee plans

     744       4       774         (34

Cash dividends declared common, $0.72 per share

     (856           (856

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2011

     18,794       232       12,217       (876     7,221  

Net income

     4,482             4,482  

Other comprehensive loss

     (51         (51  

Repurchase of common shares

     (4,000     (14     (765       (3,221

Other changes, primarily employee plans

     570       3       615         (48

Cash dividends declared common, $0.80 per share

     (909           (909

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2012

     18,886       221       12,067       (927     7,525  

Net income

     5,359             5,359  

Other comprehensive loss

     (499         (499  

Repurchase of common shares

     (4,000     (11     (648       (3,341

Other changes, primarily employee plans

     717       3       783         (69

Cash dividends declared common, $0.89 per share

     (967           (967

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2013

   $ 19,496     $ 213     $ 12,202     $ (1,426   $ 8,507  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

THE COMPANY

American Express Company (the Company) is a global services company that provides customers with access to products, insights and experiences that enrich lives and build business success. The Company’s principal products and services are charge and credit payment card products and travel-related services offered to consumers and businesses around the world. The Company also focuses on generating alternative sources of revenue on a global basis in areas such as online and mobile payments and fee-based services. The Company’s various products and services are sold globally to diverse customer groups, including consumers, small businesses, mid-sized companies and large corporations. These products and services are sold through various channels, including direct mail, online applications, targeted direct and third-party sales forces and direct response advertising.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The Company consolidates entities in which it holds a “controlling financial interest.” For voting interest entities, the Company is considered to hold a controlling financial interest when it is able to exercise control over the investees’ operating and financial decisions. For variable interest entities (VIEs), it is considered to hold a controlling financial interest when it is determined to be the primary beneficiary. A primary beneficiary is the party that has both: (1) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact that entity’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The determination of whether an entity is a VIE is based on the amount and characteristics of the entity’s equity.

Entities in which the Company’s voting interest in common equity does not provide it with control, but allows the Company to exert significant influence over the operating and financial decisions, are accounted for under the equity method. All other investments in equity securities, to the extent that they are not considered marketable securities, are accounted for under the cost method.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon exchange rates prevailing at the end of each year. The resulting translation adjustments, along with any related qualifying hedge and tax effects, are included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (AOCI), a component of shareholders’ equity. Translation adjustments, including qualifying hedge and tax effects, are reclassified to earnings upon the sale or substantial liquidation of investments in foreign operations. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average month-end exchange rates during the year. Gains and losses related to transactions in a currency other than the functional currency, including operations outside the U.S. where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are reported net in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income, in other non-interest revenue, interest income, interest expense, or other expenses, depending on the nature of the activity. Net foreign currency transaction gains amounted to approximately $108 million, $120 million and $145 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

AMOUNTS BASED ON ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

Accounting estimates are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates are based, in part, on management’s assumptions concerning future events. Among the more significant assumptions are those that relate to reserves for Card Member losses on loans and receivables, the proprietary point liability for Membership Rewards costs, fair value measurement, goodwill and income taxes. These accounting estimates reflect the best judgment of management, but actual results could differ.

TOTAL REVENUES NET OF INTEREST EXPENSE

Discount Revenue

Discount revenue represents fees generally charged to merchants with which the Company, or a Global Network Services (GNS) partner, has entered into card acceptance agreements for facilitating transactions between the merchants and the Company’s Card Members. The discount fee generally is deducted from the payment to the merchant and recorded as discount revenue at the time the charge is captured.

Net Card Fees

Card fees, net of direct card acquisition costs and a reserve for projected membership cancellations, are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the 12-month card membership period as Net Card Fees in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The unamortized net card fee balance is reported net in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 11).

Travel Commissions and Fees

The Company earns travel commissions and fees by charging clients transaction or management fees for selling and arranging travel and for travel management services. Client transaction fee revenue is recognized at the time the client books the travel arrangements. Travel management services revenue is recognized over the contractual term of the agreement. The Company’s travel suppliers (e.g., airlines, hotels and car rental companies) pay commissions and fees on tickets issued, sales and other services based on contractual agreements. Commissions and fees from travel suppliers are generally recognized at the time a ticket is purchased or over the term of the contract. Commissions and fees that are based on services rendered (e.g., hotel stays and car rentals) are recognized based on usage.

 

65


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Other Commissions and Fees

Other commissions and fees include foreign currency conversion fees, Card Member delinquency fees, service fees and other card related assessments, which are recognized primarily in the period in which they are charged to the Card Member (refer to Note 19). In addition, service fees are also earned from other customers (e.g., merchants) for a variety of services and are recognized when the service is performed, which is generally in the period the fee is charged. Also included are fees related to the Company’s Membership Rewards program, which are deferred and recognized over the period covered by the fee. The unamortized Membership Rewards fee balance is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 11).

Contra-revenue

The Company regularly makes payments through contractual arrangements with merchants, corporate payments clients, Card Members and certain other customers. Payments to such customers, including cash rebates paid to Card Members, are generally classified as contra-revenue unless a specifically identifiable benefit (e.g., goods or services) is received by the Company or its Card Members in consideration for that payment, and the fair value of such benefit is determinable and measurable. If no such benefit is identified, then the entire payment is classified as contra-revenue and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the revenue line item where the related transactions are recorded (e.g., discount revenue, travel commissions and fees and other commissions and fees). If such a benefit is identified, then the payment is classified as expense up to the estimated fair value of the benefit.

Interest Income

Interest on Card Member loans is assessed using the average daily balance method. Unless the loan is classified as non-accrual, interest is recognized based upon the outstanding balance, in accordance with the terms of the applicable account agreement, until the outstanding balance is paid or written off.

Interest and dividends on investment securities primarily relates to the Company’s performing fixed-income securities. Interest income is accrued as earned using the effective interest method, which adjusts the yield for security premiums and discounts, fees and other payments, so that a constant rate of return is recognized on the investment security’s outstanding balance. Amounts are recognized until such time as a security is in default or when it is likely that future interest payments will not be received as scheduled.

Interest on deposits with banks and other is recognized as earned, and primarily relates to the placement of cash in interest-bearing time deposits, overnight sweep accounts, and other interest-bearing demand and call accounts.

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest incurred primarily to fund Card Member loans, charge card product receivables, general corporate purposes, and liquidity needs, and is recognized as incurred. Interest expense is divided principally into two categories: (i) deposits, which primarily relates to interest expense on deposits taken from customers and institutions, and (ii) long-term debt and other, which primarily relates to interest expense on the Company’s long-term financing and short-term borrowings, and the realized impact of derivatives hedging interest rate risk.

BALANCE SHEET

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances, including securities purchased under resale agreements, and other highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs incurred during construction are capitalized and are depreciated once an asset is placed in service. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets, which range from 3 to 10 years for equipment, furniture and building improvements. Premises are depreciated based upon their estimated useful life at the acquisition date, which generally ranges from 30 to 50 years.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the economic life of the improvement, which ranges from 5 to 10 years. The Company maintains operating leases worldwide for facilities and equipment. Rent expense for facility leases is recognized ratably over the lease term, and includes adjustments for rent concessions, rent escalations and leasehold improvement allowances. The Company recognizes lease restoration obligations at the fair value of the restoration liabilities when incurred, and amortizes the restoration assets over the lease term.

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s estimated useful life, generally 5 years.

 

66


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following table identifies the Company’s other significant accounting policies, the Note and page where the Note can be found.

 

Significant Accounting Policy   Note
Number
    Note Title   Page  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

    Note 3      Fair Values     Page 68   

Accounts Receivable

    Note 4      Accounts Receivable and Loans     Page 72   

Loans

    Note 4      Accounts Receivable and Loans     Page 72   

Reserves for Losses

    Note 5      Reserves for Losses     Page 77   

Investment Securities

    Note 6      Investment Securities     Page 79   

Asset Securitizations

    Note 7      Asset Securitizations     Page 80   

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

    Note 8      Other Assets     Page 81   

Membership Rewards

    Note 11      Other Liabilities     Page 87   

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

    Note 12      Derivatives and Hedging Activities     Page 87   

Income Taxes

    Note 17      Income Taxes     Page 94   

Stock-based Compensation

    Note 20      Stock Plans     Page 97   

Retirement Plans

    Note 21      Retirement Plans     Page 98   

Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy

    Note 23      Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy     Page 100   

Legal Contingencies

    Note 24      Commitments and Contingencies     Page 101   

Reportable Operating Segments

    Note 25      Reportable Operating Segments and Geographic Operations     Page 102   

 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. Provided certain conditions are met, this standard permits entities to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method, which results in amortizing the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizing the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense. Additionally, the standard requires new disclosures about all investments in qualified affordable housing projects irrespective of the method used to account for the investments. The standard, which is to be retrospectively applied, will be effective beginning in the first quarter of 2015; however, early adoption is permitted. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

CLASSIFICATION OF VARIOUS ITEMS

Certain reclassifications of prior period amounts have been made to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

67


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2

ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES

Loyalty Partner Acquisition

On March 1, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of a controlling interest in Loyalty Partner, a leading marketing services company that operates loyalty programs in Germany, Poland, India and Mexico. Loyalty Partner also provides market analysis, operating platforms and consulting services that help merchants grow their businesses. Total consideration was $616 million. Upon acquisition, the Company had an option to acquire the remaining non-controlling equity interest (NCI) over a three-year period beginning at the end of 2013 at a price based on business performance, which had an estimated fair value of $148 million at the acquisition date.

This acquisition did not have a significant impact on either the Company’s consolidated results of operations or the International Card Services segment (ICS) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The following table summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for this acquisition as of the acquisition date:

 

(Millions)    Loyalty
Partner(a)
 

 

  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 539  

Definite-lived intangible assets

     295  

Other assets

     208  

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,042  

Total liabilities (including NCI)

     426  

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 616  

 

(a) The final purchase price allocation was completed in 2012. The above amounts do not differ significantly from the estimates at the acquisition date.

In November 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to extinguish a portion of the NCI in exchange for a cash payment of $132 million and to convert the remaining NCI to an option that is accounted for as a long-term liability with an initial value of $121 million. The Company reduced equity by $107 million in connection with this agreement.

GLOBAL BUSINESS TRAVEL DIVESTITURE

As announced during the third quarter of 2013, the Company plans to create a new joint venture for its Global Business Travel (GBT) operations. It is expected that GBT’s operations, business relationships and other assets would be held and operated by the joint venture entity. As presently contemplated, at the closing of the transaction the Company would maintain an approximate 50 percent ownership stake in the joint venture, while an investor group would own the remaining interest. The transaction remains subject to the execution of definitive agreements and receipt of regulatory and other approvals. Assuming these conditions are met, the Company would plan to close the transaction in the second quarter of 2014.

NOTE 3

FAIR VALUES

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company’s principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous market for the specific asset or liability.

GAAP provides for a three-level hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value, defined as follows:

 

 

Level 1 — Inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity can access.

 

 

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, including:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active;

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

 

Level 3 — Inputs that are unobservable and reflect the Company’s own estimates about the estimates market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances (e.g., internally derived assumptions surrounding the timing and amount of expected cash flows). The Company did not measure any financial instruments presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, although the disclosed fair value of certain assets that are not carried at fair value, as presented later in this Note, are classified within Level 3.

The Company monitors the market conditions and evaluates the fair value hierarchy levels at least quarterly. For any transfers in and out of the levels of the fair value hierarchy, the Company discloses the fair value measurement at the beginning of the reporting period during which the transfer occurred.

 

68


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, categorized by GAAP’s valuation hierarchy (as described in the preceding paragraphs), as of December 31:

 

                                                                                                                 
      2013      2012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
(Millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Total      Level 1      Level 2  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets: 

                 

Investment securities:(a)

                 

Equity securities 

   $ 124      $ 124      $      $ 296      $ 296      $  

Debt securities and other

     4,892        320        4,572        5,318        338        4,980  

Derivatives(a)

     701               701        942               942  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     5,717        444        5,273        6,556        634        5,922  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                 

Derivatives(a)

     213               213        329               329  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 213      $      $ 213      $ 329      $      $ 329  

 

(a) Refer to Note 6 for the fair values of investment securities and to Note 12 for the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, on a further disaggregated basis.

 

VALUATION TECHNIQUES USED IN THE FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE

For the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (categorized in the valuation hierarchy table above) the Company applies the following valuation techniques:

Investment Securities

When available, quoted prices of identical investment securities in active markets are used to estimate fair value. Such investment securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

When quoted prices of identical investment securities in active markets are not available, the fair values for the Company’s investment securities are obtained primarily from pricing services engaged by the Company, and the Company receives one price for each security. The fair values provided by the pricing services are estimated using pricing models, where the inputs to those models are based on observable market inputs or recent trades of similar securities. Such investment securities are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The inputs to the valuation techniques applied by the pricing services vary depending on the type of security being priced but are typically benchmark yields, benchmark security prices, credit spreads, prepayment speeds, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes, all with reasonable levels of transparency. The pricing services did not apply any adjustments to the pricing models used. In addition, the Company did not apply any adjustments to prices received from the pricing services.

The Company reaffirms its understanding of the valuation techniques used by its pricing services at least annually. In addition, the Company corroborates the prices provided by its pricing services for reasonableness by comparing the prices from the respective pricing services to valuations obtained from different pricing sources as well as comparing prices to the sale prices received from sold securities at least quarterly. In instances where price discrepancies are identified between different pricing sources, the Company evaluates such discrepancies to ensure that the prices used for its valuation represent

the fair value of the underlying investment securities. Refer to Note 6 for additional fair value information.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is estimated by third-party valuation services that use proprietary pricing models or by internal pricing models, where the inputs to those models are readily observable from actively quoted markets. The pricing models used are consistently applied and reflect the contractual terms of the derivatives as described below. The Company reaffirms its understanding of the valuation techniques used by the third-party valuation services at least annually. The Company’s derivative instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps is determined based on a discounted cash flow method using the following significant inputs: the contractual terms of the swap such as the notional amount, fixed coupon rate, floating coupon rate (based on interbank rates consistent with the frequency and currency of the interest cash flows) and tenor, as well as discount rates consistent with the underlying economic factors of the currency in which the cash flows are denominated.

The fair value of the Company’s total return contract, which serves as a hedge against the Hong Kong dollar (HKD) change in fair value associated with the Company’s investment in the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC), is determined based on a discounted cash flow method using the following significant inputs as of the valuation date: number of shares of the Company’s underlying ICBC investment, the quoted market price of the shares in HKD and the monthly settlement terms of the contract inclusive of price and tenor.

The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts is determined based on a discounted cash flow method using the following significant inputs: the contractual terms of the forward contracts such as the notional amount, maturity dates and contract rate, as well as relevant foreign currency forward curves, and discount rates consistent with the underlying economic factors of the currency in which the cash flows are denominated.

 

69


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Credit valuation adjustments are necessary when the market parameters, such as a benchmark curve, used to value derivatives are not indicative of the credit quality of the Company or its counterparties. The Company considers the counterparty credit risk by applying an observable forecasted default rate to the current exposure. Refer to Note 12 for additional fair value information.

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CARRIED AT OTHER THAN FAIR VALUE

The following table discloses the estimated fair value for the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

2013 (Billions)    Carrying      Corresponding Fair Value Amount  
   Value      Total     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

            

Financial assets for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19      $ 19     $ 17      $ 2 (a)    $   

Other financial assets(b)

     48        48              48        

Financial assets carried at other than fair value

            

Loans, net

     67        67 (c)                   67  

Financial Liabilities:

            

Financial liabilities for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value

     60        60              60        

Financial liabilities carried at other than fair value

            

Certificates of deposit(d)

     7        8              8        

Long-term debt

   $ 55      $ 58 (c)    $       $ 58     $   

 

2012 (Billions)    Carrying      Corresponding Fair Value Amount  
   Value      Total     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

            

Financial assets for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22      $ 22     $ 21      $ 1 (a)    $   

Other financial assets(b)

     47        47              47        

Financial assets carried at other than fair value

            

Loans, net

     64        65 (c)                   65  

Financial Liabilities:

            

Financial liabilities for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value

     55        55              55        

Financial liabilities carried at other than fair value

            

Certificates of deposit(d)

     10        10              10        

Long-term debt

   $ 59      $ 62 (c)    $       $ 62     $   

 

(a) Reflects time deposits.
(b) Includes accounts receivable (including fair values of Card Member receivables of $7.3 billion and $8.0 billion held by consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively), restricted cash and other miscellaneous assets.
(c) Includes fair values of loans of $31.0 billion and $32.4 billion, and long-term debt of $18.8 billion and $19.5 billion, held by consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(d) Presented as a component of customer deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

70


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair values of these financial instruments are estimates based upon the market conditions and perceived risks as of December 31, 2013, and require management judgment. These figures may not be indicative of future fair values. The fair value of the Company cannot be reliably estimated by aggregating the amounts presented.

VALUATION TECHNIQUES USED IN THE FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CARRIED AT OTHER THAN FAIR VALUE

For the financial assets and liabilities that are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis (categorized in the valuation hierarchy table above) the Company applies the following valuation techniques to measure fair value:

Financial Assets For Which Carrying Values Equal or Approximate Fair Value

Financial assets for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value include cash and cash equivalents, Card Member receivables, accrued interest and certain other assets. For these assets, the carrying values approximate fair value because they are short term in duration, have no defined maturity or have a market-based interest rate.

Financial Assets Carried At Other Than Fair Value

Loans

Loans are recorded at historical cost, less reserves, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In estimating the fair value for the Company’s loans the Company uses a discounted cash flow model. Due to the lack of a comparable whole loan sales market for similar credit card receivables and the lack of observable pricing inputs thereof, the Company uses various inputs derived from an equivalent securitization market to estimate fair value. Such inputs include projected income (inclusive of future interest payments and late fee revenue), estimated pay-down rates, discount rates and relevant credit costs.

Financial Liabilities For Which Carrying Values Equal Or Approximate Fair Value

Financial liabilities for which carrying values equal or approximate fair value include accrued interest, customer deposits (excluding certificates of deposit, which are described further below), Travelers Cheques and other prepaid products outstanding, accounts payable, short-term borrowings and certain other liabilities for which the carrying values approximate fair value because they are short term in duration, have no defined maturity or have a market-based interest rate.

Financial Liabilities Carried At Other Than Fair Value

Certificates of Deposit

Certificates of deposit (CDs) are recorded at their historical issuance cost on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology based on the future cash flows and the discount rate that reflects the Company’s current rates for similar types of CDs within similar markets.

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt is recorded at historical issuance cost on the Consolidated Balance Sheets adjusted for the impact of fair value hedge accounting on certain fixed-rate notes and current translation rates for foreign-denominated debt. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is measured using quoted offer prices when quoted market prices are available. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is determined by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at rates currently observed in publicly-traded debt markets for debt of similar terms and credit risk. For long-term debt, where there are no rates currently observable in publicly traded debt markets of similar terms and comparable credit risk, the Company uses market interest rates and adjusts those rates for necessary risks, including its own credit risk. In determining an appropriate spread to reflect its credit standing, the Company considers credit default swap spreads, bond yields of other long-term debt offered by the Company, and interest rates currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities.

NONRECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company has certain assets that are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. For these assets, measurement at fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition is applicable if determined to be impaired. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any material assets that were measured at fair value due to impairment.

 

71


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 4

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND LOANS

As described below, the Company’s charge and lending payment card products result in the generation of Card Member receivables and Card Member loans, respectively.

CARD MEMBER AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Card Member receivables, representing amounts due on charge card products, are recorded at the time a Card Member enters into a point-of-sale transaction with a merchant. Each charge card transaction is authorized based on its likely economics reflecting a Card Member’s most recent credit information and spend patterns. Additionally, global spend limits are established to limit the maximum exposure for the Company.

Charge Card Members generally must pay the full amount billed each month. Card Member receivable balances are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of reserves for losses (refer to Note 5), and include principal and any related accrued fees.

Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of:

 

                                     
(Millions)    2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Card Services(a)

   $ 21,842      $ 21,124  

International Card Services

     7,771        7,778  

Global Commercial Services(b)

     14,391        13,671  

Global Network & Merchant Services(c)

     159        193  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member receivables(d)

     44,163        42,766  

Less: Reserve for losses

     386        428  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member receivables, net

     43,777        42,338  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other receivables, net(e)

   $ 3,408      $ 3,576  

 

(a) Includes $7.3 billion and $7.5 billion of gross Card Member receivables available to settle obligations of consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(b) Includes $476 million of gross Card Member receivables available to settle obligations of a consolidated VIE as of December 31, 2012. Also includes $836 million and $913 million due from airlines, of which Delta Air Lines (Delta) comprises $628 million and $676 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(c) Includes receivables primarily related to the Company’s International Currency Card portfolios.
(d) Includes approximately $13.8 billion and $13.7 billion of Card Member receivables outside the U.S. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(e) Other receivables primarily represent amounts related to (i) purchased joint venture receivables, (ii) certain merchants for billed discount revenue, and (iii) GNS partner banks for items such as royalty and franchise fees. Other receivables are presented net of reserves for losses of $71 million and $86 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

CARD MEMBER AND OTHER LOANS

Card Member loans, representing revolving amounts due on lending card products, are recorded at the time a Card Member enters into a point-of-sale transaction with a merchant, as well as amounts due from charge Card Members who elect to revolve a portion of the outstanding balance by entering into a revolving payment arrangement with the Company. These loans have a range of terms such as credit limits, interest rates, fees and payment structures, which can be revised over time based on new information about Card Members and in accordance with applicable regulations and the respective product’s terms and conditions. Card Members holding revolving loans are typically required to make monthly payments based on pre-established amounts. The amounts that Card Members choose to revolve are subject to finance charges.

Card Member loans are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of reserves for losses (refer to Note 5), and include principal, accrued interest and fees receivable. The Company’s policy generally is to cease accruing interest on a Card Member loan at the time the account is written off, and establish reserves for interest that the Company believes will not be collected.

Loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of:

 

                                     
(Millions)    2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Card Services(a)

   $ 58,395      $ 55,953  

International Card Services

     8,790        9,236  

Global Commercial Services

     53        40  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member loans

     67,238        65,229  

Less: Reserve for losses

     1,261        1,471  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member loans, net

     65,977        63,758  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans, net(b)

   $ 608      $ 551  

 

(a) Includes approximately $31.2 billion and $32.7 billion of gross Card Member loans available to settle obligations of consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(b) Other loans primarily represent loans to merchants and a store card loan portfolio. Other loans are presented net of reserves for losses of $13 million and $20 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

72


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CARD MEMBER LOANS AND CARD MEMBER RECEIVABLES AGING

Generally, a Card Member account is considered past due if payment is not received within 30 days after the billing statement date. The following table represents the aging of Card Member loans and receivables as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

2013 (Millions)    Current     30-59
Days
Past
Due
    60-89
Days
Past
Due
    90+
Days
Past
Due
     Total  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member Loans:

           

U.S. Card Services

   $ 57,772     $ 183     $ 134     $ 306      $ 58,395  

International Card Services

     8,664       43       28       55        8,790  

Card Member Receivables:

           

U.S. Card Services

   $ 21,488     $ 125     $ 69     $ 160      $ 21,842  

International Card Services(a)

     (b     (b     (b     83        7,771  

Global Commercial Services(a)

     (b     (b     (b     132        14,391  

 

2012 (Millions)

     Current       
 
 
 
30-59
Days
Past
Due
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
60-89
Days
Past
Due
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
90+
Days
Past
Due
  
  
  
  
     Total   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Card Member Loans:

           

U.S. Card Services

   $ 55,281     $ 200     $ 147     $ 325      $ 55,953  

International Card Services

     9,099       47       30       60        9,236  

Card Member Receivables:

           

U.S. Card Services

   $ 20,748     $ 116     $ 76     $ 184      $ 21,124  

International Card Services(a)

     (b     (b     (b     74        7,778  

Global Commercial Services(a)

     (b     (b     (b     112        13,671  

 

(a) For Card Member receivables in ICS and GCS, delinquency data is tracked based on days past billing status rather than days past due. A Card Member account is considered 90 days past billing if payment has not been received within 90 days of the Card Member’s billing statement date. In addition, if the Company initiates collection procedures on an account prior to the account becoming 90 days past billing, the associated Card Member receivable balance is considered as 90 days past billing. These amounts are shown above as 90+ Days Past Due for presentation purposes.
(b) Data for periods prior to 90 days past billing are not available due to financial reporting system constraints. Therefore, it has not been relied upon for risk management purposes. The balances that are current to 89 days past due can be derived as the difference between the Total and the 90+ Days Past Due balances.

 

73


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS FOR CARD MEMBER LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

The following tables present the key credit quality indicators as of or for the years ended December 31:

 

      2013     2012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Net Write-Off Rate           Net Write-Off Rate        
  

 

 

     

 

 

   
     Principal
Only(a)
    Principal,
Interest, &
Fees(a)
    30 Days
Past Due
as a % of
Total
    Principal
Only(a)
    Principal,
Interest, &
Fees(a)
    30 Days
Past Due
as a % of
Total
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card Member Loans:

            

U.S. Card Services

     1.8     2.0     1.1     2.1     2.3     1.2

International Card Services

     1.9     2.3     1.4     1.9     2.4     1.5

Card Member Receivables:

            

U.S. Card Services

     1.7     1.9     1.6     1.9     2.1     1.8

 

      2013     2012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Net Loss
Ratio as a
% of
Charge
Volume
    90 Days
Past Billing
as a % of
Receivables
    Net Loss
Ratio as a
% of
Charge
Volume
    90 Days
Past Billing
as a % of
Receivables
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Card Member Receivables:

        

International Card Services

     0.20     1.1     0.16     0.9

Global Commercial Services

     0.08     0.9     0.06     0.8

 

(a) The Company presents a net write-off rate based on principal losses only (i.e., excluding interest and/or fees) to be consistent with industry convention. In addition, because the Company’s practice is to include uncollectible interest and/or fees as part of its total provision for losses, a net write-off rate including principal, interest and/or fees is also presented.

 

Refer to Note 5 for additional indicators, including external environmental qualitative factors, management considers in its monthly evaluation process for reserves for losses.

IMPAIRED CARD MEMBER LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

Impaired loans and receivables are defined by GAAP as individual larger balance or homogeneous pools of smaller balance loans and receivables for which it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the Card Member agreement. The Company considers impaired loans and receivables to include: (i) loans over 90 days past due still accruing interest, (ii) non-accrual loans and (iii) loans and receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).

The Company may modify, through various company sponsored programs, Card Member loans and receivables in instances where the Card Member is experiencing financial difficulty in order to minimize losses and improve collectability while providing Card Members with temporary or permanent financial relief. The Company has classified Card Member loans and receivables in these modification programs as TDRs. Such modifications to the loans and receivables primarily include (i) temporary interest rate reductions (possibly as low as zero percent, in which case the loan is characterized as non-accrual in the Company’s TDR disclosures), (ii) placing the Card Member on a fixed payment plan not to exceed 60 months and (iii) suspending delinquency fees until the Card Member exits the modification program. Upon entering the modification program, the Card Member’s ability to make future purchases is either cancelled or in certain cases suspended until the Card Member successfully exits the modification program. In accordance with the modification agreement with the Card Member, loans revert back to the original contractual terms (including the contractual interest rate) when the Card Member exits the modification program, which is either (i) when all payments have been made in accordance with the modification agreement or (ii) when the Card Member defaults out of the modification program. In either case, the Company establishes a reserve for Card Member interest charges and fees considered to be uncollectible.

Reserves for Card Member loans and receivables modified as TDRs are determined as the difference between the cash flows expected to be received from the Card Member (taking into consideration the probability of subsequent defaults), discounted at the original effective interest rates, and the carrying value of the Card Member loan or receivable balance. The Company determines the original effective interest rate as the interest rate in effect prior to the imposition of any penalty interest rate. All changes in the impairment measurement are included in the provision for losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

74


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides additional information with respect to the Company’s impaired Card Member loans, which are not significant for GCS, and Card Member receivables, which are not significant for ICS and GCS, as of or for the years ended December 31:

 

     As of December 31, 2013     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

2013 (Millions)

  Loans over
90 Days
Past Due
& Accruing
Interest(a)
    Non-
Accrual
Loans(b)
    Loans &
Receivables
Modified
as a TDR(c)
    Total
Impaired
Loans &
Receivables
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance(d)
    Allowance
for TDRs(e)
    Average
Balance  of
Impaired
Loans
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Card Member Loans:

               

U.S. Card Services

  $ 170      $ 244      $ 373      $ 787     $ 731      $ 84     $ 943     $ 46  

International Card Services

    54        4        5        63       62              67       16  

Card Member Receivables:

               

U.S. Card Services

                  50        50       49        38       81         

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 224      $ 248      $ 428      $ 900     $ 842      $ 122     $ 1,091     $ 62  

 

     As of December 31, 2012     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

2012 (Millions)

  Loans over
90 Days
Past Due
& Accruing
Interest(a)
    Non-
Accrual
Loans(b)
    Loans &
Receivables
Modified
as a TDR(c)
    Total
Impaired
Loans &
Receivables
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance(d)
    Allowance
for TDRs(e)
    Average
Balance  of
Impaired
Loans
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Card Member Loans:

               

U.S. Card Services

  $ 73      $ 426      $ 627      $ 1,126     $ 1,073      $ 152     $ 1,221     $ 47  

International Card Services

    59        5        6        70       69        1       75       16  

Card Member Receivables:

               

U.S. Card Services

                  117        117       111        91       135         

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 132      $ 431      $ 750      $ 1,313     $ 1,253      $ 244     $ 1,431     $ 63  

 

     As of December 31, 2011     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 

2011 (Millions)

  Loans over
90 Days
Past Due
& Accruing
Interest(a)
    Non-
Accrual
Loans(b)
    Loans &
Receivables
Modified
as a TDR(c)
    Total
Impaired
Loans &
Receivables
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance(d)
    Allowance
for TDRs(e)
    Average
Balance  of

Impaired
Loans
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Card Member Loans:

               

U.S. Card Services

  $ 64      $ 529      $ 736      $ 1,329     $ 1,268      $ 174     $ 1,498     $ 52  

International Card Services

    67        6        8        81       80        2       98       26  

Card Member Receivables:

               

U.S. Card Services

                  174        174       165        118       145         

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 131      $ 535      $ 918      $ 1,584     $ 1,513      $ 294     $ 1,741     $ 78  

 

(a) The Company’s policy is generally to accrue interest through the date of write-off (at 180 days past due). The Company establishes reserves for interest that the Company believes will not be collected. Excludes loans modified as a TDR.
(b) Non-accrual loans not in modification programs primarily include certain Card Member loans placed with outside collection agencies for which the Company has ceased accruing interest.
(c) Total loans and receivables modified as a TDR includes $92 million, $320 million and $410 million that are non-accrual and $26 million, $6 million and $4 million that are past due 90 days and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d) Unpaid principal balance consists of Card Member charges billed and excludes other amounts charged directly by the Company such as interest and fees.
(e) Represents the reserve for losses for TDRs, which are evaluated individually for impairment. The Company records a reserve for losses for all impaired loans. Refer to Card Member Loans Evaluated Individually and Collectively for Impairment in Note 5 for further discussion of the reserve for losses on loans over 90 days past due and accruing interest and non-accrual loans, which are evaluated collectively for impairment.

 

75


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CARD MEMBER LOANS AND RECEIVABLES MODIFIED AS TDRS

The following table provides additional information with respect to the Card Member loans and receivables modified as TDRs, which are not significant for ICS and GCS, during the years ended December 31:

 

2013

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances(a,b)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     60      $ 448  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     20        247  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     80      $ 695  

 

2012

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances(a,b)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     106      $ 779  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     37        425  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143      $ 1,204  

 

2011

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances(a,b)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     147      $ 1,110  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     50        402  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     197      $ 1,512  

 

(a) Represents the outstanding balance immediately prior to modification. In certain modifications the principal balance was reduced in the aggregate amount of $4 million, $24 million and $59 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b) Includes principal and accrued interest.

The Company has evaluated the primary financial effects of the impact of the changes to an account upon modification as follows:

 

 

Temporary Interest Rate Reduction: For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the average interest rate reduction was 10 percentage points, 12 percentage points and 11 percentage points, respectively. None of these interest rate reductions had a significant impact on interest on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company does not offer interest rate reduction programs for U.S. Card Services (USCS) Card Member receivables as these receivables are non-interest bearing.

 

 

Placing Card Members on a Fixed Payment Plan: For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the average payment term extension was approximately 12 months, 13 months, and 15 months, respectively, for USCS Card Member receivables. For USCS Card Member loans, there have been no payment term extensions.

The following table provides information for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, with respect to the Card Member loans and receivables modified as TDRs that subsequently defaulted within 12 months of modification. A Card Member will default from a modification program after one and up to two consecutive missed payments, depending on the terms of the modification program. For all Card Members that defaulted from a modification program, the probability of default is factored into the reserves for Card Member loans and receivables. The defaulted ICS Card Member loan and receivable modifications were not significant.

 

2013

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances
Upon Default(a)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     18      $ 159  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     3        38  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     21      $ 197  

 

2012

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances
Upon Default(a)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     23      $ 182  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     1        37  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     24      $ 219  

 

2011

(Accounts in thousands,

Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Accounts
     Aggregated
Outstanding
Balances
Upon Default(a)
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:

     

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Loans

     46      $ 343  

U.S. Card Services –
Card Member Receivables

     6        45  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     52      $ 388  

 

(a) The outstanding balance includes principal, fees, and accrued interest on Card Member Loans and principal and fees on Card Member Receivables.

 

76


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5

RESERVES FOR LOSSES

Reserves for losses relating to Card Member loans and receivables represent management’s best estimate of the probable inherent losses in the Company’s outstanding portfolio of loans and receivables, as of the balance sheet date. Management’s evaluation process requires certain estimates and judgments.

Reserves for losses are primarily based upon statistical and analytical models that analyze portfolio performance and reflect management’s judgment regarding the quantitative components of the reserve. The models take into account several factors, including delinquency based loss migration rates, loss emergence periods and average losses and recoveries over an appropriate historical period. Management considers whether to adjust the models for specific qualitative factors such as increased risk in certain portfolios, impact of risk management initiatives on portfolio performance and concentration of credit risk based on factors such as vintage, industry or geographic regions. In addition, management may increase or decrease the reserves for losses on Card Member loans for other external environmental qualitative factors, including various indicators related to employment, spend, sentiment, housing and credit, as well as the legal and regulatory environment. Generally, due to the short-term nature of Card Member receivables, the impact of additional external qualitative factors on the probable losses inherent within the Card Member receivables portfolio is not significant. As part of this evaluation process, management also considers various reserve coverage metrics, such as reserves as a percentage of past due amounts, reserves as a percentage of Card Member receivables or loans and net write-off coverage.

Card Member loans and receivables balances are written off when management considers amounts to be uncollectible, which is generally determined by the number of days past due and is typically no later than 180 days past due. Card Member loans and receivables in bankruptcy or owed by deceased individuals are generally written off upon notification, and recoveries are recognized as they are collected.

CHANGES IN CARD MEMBER RECEIVABLES RESERVE FOR LOSSES

The following table presents changes in the Card Member receivables reserve for losses for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Balance, January 1

   $ 428     $ 438     $ 386  

Additions:

      

Provisions(a)

     647       601       603  

Other(b)

     142       141       167  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

     789       742       770  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deductions:

      

Net write-offs(c)

     (669     (640     (560

Other(d)

     (162     (112     (158

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 386     $ 428     $ 438  

 

(a) Provisions for principal (resulting from authorized transactions) and fee reserve components.
(b) Provisions for unauthorized transactions.
(c) Consists of principal (resulting from authorized transactions) and fee components, less recoveries of $402 million, $383 million and $349 million, including net write-offs from TDRs of $12 million, $87 million and $82 million, for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d) Includes net write-offs resulting from unauthorized transactions of $(160) million, $(141) million and $(161) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; foreign currency translation adjustments of $(4) million, $2 million and $(2) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; a reclassification of Card Member bankruptcy reserves of $18 million from other liabilities to credit reserves in 2012 and other items of $2 million, $9 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

CARD MEMBER RECEIVABLES EVALUATED INDIVIDUALLY AND COLLECTIVELY FOR IMPAIRMENT

The following table presents Card Member receivables evaluated individually and collectively for impairment and related reserves as of December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

             2013                2012                2011  

Card Member receivables evaluated individually for impairment(a)

   $ 50      $ 117      $ 174  

Related reserves(a)

   $ 38      $ 91      $ 118  

Card Member receivables evaluated collectively for impairment

   $ 44,113      $ 42,649      $ 40,716  

Related reserves

   $ 348      $ 337      $ 320  

 

(a) Represents receivables modified in a TDR and related reserves. Refer to the Impaired Card Member Loans and Receivables discussion in Note 4 for further information.

 

77


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CHANGES IN CARD MEMBER LOANS RESERVE FOR LOSSES

The following table presents changes in the Card Member loans reserve for losses for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Balance, January 1

   $ 1,471     $ 1,874     $ 3,646  

Additions:

      

Provisions(a)

     1,114       1,031       145  

Other(b)

     115       118       108  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

     1,229       1,149       253  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deductions:

      

Net write-offs

      

Principal(c)

     (1,141     (1,280     (1,720

Interest and fees(c)

     (150     (157     (201

Other(d)

     (148     (115     (104

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 1,261     $ 1,471     $ 1,874  

 

(a) Provisions for principal (resulting from authorized transactions), interest and fee reserves components.
(b) Provisions for unauthorized transactions.
(c) Consists of principal write-offs (resulting from authorized transactions), less recoveries of $452 million, $493 million and $578 million, including net write-offs from TDRs of $(1) million, $25 million and $29 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Recoveries of interest and fees were de minimis.
(d) Includes net write-offs resulting from unauthorized transactions of $(130) million, $(116) million and $(103) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; foreign currency translation adjustments of $(12) million, $7 million and $(2) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively; a reclassification of Card Member bankruptcy reserves of $4 million from other liabilities to credit reserves in 2012 and other items of $(6) million, $(10) million and $1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

CARD MEMBER LOANS EVALUATED INDIVIDUALLY AND COLLECTIVELY FOR IMPAIRMENT

The following table presents Card Member loans evaluated individually and collectively for impairment and related reserves as of December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Card Member loans evaluated individually for impairment(a)

   $ 378      $ 633      $ 744  

Related reserves(a)

   $ 84      $ 153      $ 176  

Card Member loans evaluated collectively for impairment(b)

   $ 66,860      $ 64,596      $ 61,877  

Related reserves(b)

   $ 1,177      $ 1,318      $ 1,698  

 

(a) Represents loans modified in a TDR and related reserves. Refer to the Impaired Card Member Loans and Receivables discussion in Note 4 for further information.
(b) Represents current loans and loans less than 90 days past due, loans over 90 days past due and accruing interest, and non-accrual loans and related reserves. The reserves include the quantitative results of analytical models that are specific to individual pools of loans and reserves for external environmental qualitative factors that apply to loans in geographic markets that are collectively evaluated for impairment and are not specific to any individual pool of loans.

 

78


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 6

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities include debt and equity securities classified as available for sale. The Company’s investment securities, principally debt securities, are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets with unrealized gains (losses) recorded in AOCI, net of income taxes. Realized gains and losses are recognized in results of operations upon disposition of the securities using the specific identification method on a trade date basis. Refer to Note 3 for a description of the Company’s methodology for determining the fair value of investment securities.

 

The following is a summary of investment securities as of December 31:

 

                                                                                                       
      2013      2012  

Description of Securities (Millions)

   Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

State and municipal obligations

   $ 4,060      $ 54      $ (79   $ 4,035      $ 4,280      $ 199      $ (5   $ 4,474  

U.S. Government agency obligations

     3                       3        3                       3  

U.S. Government treasury obligations

     318        3        (1     320        330        8               338  

Corporate debt securities

     43        3               46        73        6               79  

Mortgage-backed securities(a)

     160        5        (1     164        210        14               224  

Equity securities(b)

     29        95               124        64        232               296  

Foreign government bonds and obligations

     272        5        (1     276        134        15               149  

Other(c)

     50                (2     48        51                       51  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,935      $ 165      $ (84   $ 5,016      $ 5,145      $ 474      $ (5   $ 5,614  

 

(a) Represents mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.
(b) Primarily represents the Company’s investment in ICBC.
(c) Other comprises investments in various mutual funds.

The following table provides information about the Company’s investment securities with gross unrealized losses and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31:

 

                                                                                                       
      2013     2012  
     Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Less than 12 months     12 months or more  

Description of Securities (Millions)

   Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

State and municipal obligations

   $ 1,320      $ (63   $ 106      $ (16   $ 100      $ (1   $ 73      $ (4

Foreign government bonds and obligations

     208        (1                                             

U.S. Government treasury obligations

     166        (1                                             

Mortgage-backed securities

     35        (1                                             

Other

     30        (1     17        (1                              

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,759      $ (67   $ 123      $ (17   $ 100      $ (1   $ 73      $ (4

The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses due to temporary impairments by ratio of fair value to amortized cost as of December 31:

 

                                                                                                                    
      Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  

Ratio of Fair Value to

Amortized Cost (Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Securities
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
Securities
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
Securities
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

2013:

                        

90% – 100%

     228      $ 1,665       $ (53     6      $ 24       $ (2     234      $ 1,689       $ (55

Less than 90%

     13        94         (14     5        99         (15     18        193         (29

Total as of December 31, 2013

     241      $ 1,759       $ (67     11      $ 123       $ (17     252      $ 1,882       $ (84

2012:

                        

90% – 100%

     46      $ 100       $ (1     4      $ 73       $ (4     50      $ 173       $ (5

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total as of December 31, 2012

     46      $ 100       $ (1     4      $ 73       $ (4     50      $ 173       $ (5

 

79


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The gross unrealized losses are attributed to overall wider credit spreads for state and municipal securities, wider credit spreads for specific issuers, adverse changes in market benchmark interest rates, or a combination thereof, all as compared to those prevailing when the investment securities were acquired.

Overall, for the investment securities in gross unrealized loss positions identified above, (i) the Company does not intend to sell the investment securities, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of the unrealized losses, and (iii) the Company expects that the contractual principal and interest will be received on the investment securities. As a result, the Company recognized no other-than-temporary impairment during the periods presented.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Gross realized gains and losses on the sales of investment securities, included in other non-interest revenues, were as follows:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013      2012     2011  

Gains

   $ 136      $ 127     $ 16  

Losses

            (1      

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 136      $ 126     $ 16  

Contractual maturities of investment securities, excluding equity securities and other securities, as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

(Millions)

   Cost      Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due within 1 year

   $ 505      $ 505  

Due after 1 year but within 5 years

     489        496  

Due after 5 years but within 10 years

     215        224  

Due after 10 years

     3,647        3,619  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,856      $ 4,844  

The expected payments on state and municipal obligations and mortgage-backed securities may not coincide with their contractual maturities because the issuers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations.

NOTE 7

ASSET SECURITIZATIONS

The Company periodically securitizes Card Member receivables and loans arising from its card business through the transfer of those assets to securitization trusts. The trusts then issue securities to third-party investors, collateralized by the transferred assets.

Card Member receivables are transferred to the American Express Issuance Trust II (the Charge Trust II).7 Card Member loans are

 

7   During 2013, the Company transferred Card Member receivables from the American Express Issuance Trust (the Charge Trust) to the Charge Trust II, collectively referred to as the Charge Trusts, and as such, the Charge Trust was dissolved, and the Company intends to utilize the Charge Trust II for securitization of Card Member receivables.

transferred to the American Express Credit Account Master Trust (the Lending Trust). The Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust are consolidated by American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. (TRS), which is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. The trusts are considered VIEs as they have insufficient equity at risk to finance their activities, which are to issue securities that are collateralized by the underlying Card Member receivables and loans.

TRS, in its role as servicer of the Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust, has the power to direct the most significant activity of the trusts, which is the collection of the underlying Card Member receivables and loans in the trusts. In addition, TRS, excluding its consolidated subsidiaries, owns approximately $1.1 billion of subordinated securities issued by the Lending Trust as of December 31, 2013. These subordinated securities have the obligation to absorb losses of the Lending Trust and provide the right to receive benefits from the Lending Trust, both of which are significant to the VIE. TRS’ role as servicer for the Charge Trust II does not provide it with a significant obligation to absorb losses or a significant right to receive benefits. However, TRS’ position as the parent company of the entities that transferred the receivables to the Charge Trust II makes it the party most closely related to the Charge Trust II. Based on these considerations, TRS is the primary beneficiary of both the Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust.

The debt securities issued by the Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust are non-recourse to the Company. Securitized Card Member receivables and loans held by the Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust are available only for payment of the debt securities or other obligations issued or arising in the securitization transactions. The long-term debt of each trust is payable only out of collections on their respective underlying securitized assets.

There was approximately $2 million and $3 million of restricted cash held by the Charge Trusts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and approximately $56 million and $73 million of restricted cash held by the Lending Trust as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, included in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounts relate to collections of Card Member receivables and loans to be used by the trusts to fund future expenses and obligations, including interest payable on investor certificates, credit losses and upcoming debt maturities.

Under the respective terms of the Charge Trust II and the Lending Trust agreements, the occurrence of certain triggering events associated with the performance of the assets of each trust could result in payment of trust expenses, establishment of reserve funds, or in a worst-case scenario, early amortization of investor certificates. During the year ended December 31, 2013, no such triggering events occurred.

 

80


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 8

OTHER ASSETS

The following is a summary of other assets as of December 31:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013      2012  

Goodwill

   $ 3,198      $ 3,181  

Deferred tax assets, net(a)

     2,443        2,458  

Prepaid expenses(b)

     1,998        1,960  

Other intangible assets, at amortized cost

     817        993  

Restricted cash(c)

     486        568  

Derivative assets(a)

     329        593  

Other

     1,957        1,665  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,228      $ 11,418  

 

(a) Refer to Notes 17 and 12 for a discussion of deferred tax assets, net, and derivative assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Derivative assets reflect the impact of master netting agreements.
(b) Includes prepaid miles and reward points acquired primarily from airline partners of approximately $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including approximately $0.9 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, from Delta.
(c) Includes restricted cash of approximately $58 million and $76 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, which is primarily held for coupon and certain asset-backed securitization maturities.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost of an acquired company over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company assigns goodwill to its reporting units for the purpose of impairment testing. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment, or a business that is one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information is regularly reviewed by the operating segment manager. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually as of June 30 and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test utilizes a two-step approach. The first step in the impairment test identifies whether there is potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the second step of the impairment test is required to measure the amount of any impairment loss. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, goodwill was not impaired and there were no accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill impairment testing involves management judgment, requiring an assessment of whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be supported by its fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques. The Company uses a combination of the income approach (discounted cash flows) and market approach (market multiples).

When preparing discounted cash flow models under the income approach, the Company uses internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows expected to be generated by the reporting units. Actual results may differ from forecasted results. The Company calculates discount rates based on the expected cost of equity financing, estimated using a capital asset pricing model, to discount future cash flows for each reporting unit. The Company believes the discount rates used appropriately reflect the risks and uncertainties in the financial markets generally and specifically in the Company’s internally developed forecasts. When using market multiples under the market approach, the Company applies comparable publically traded companies’ multiples (e.g. earnings, revenues) to its reporting units’ actual results.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill reported in the Company’s reportable operating segments and Corporate & Other were as follows:

 

(Millions)

   USCS     ICS     GCS     GNMS      Corporate &
Other
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2012

   $ 175     $ 1,023     $ 1,543     $ 160      $ 271     $ 3,172  

Acquisitions

            1                             1  

Dispositions

            (2     (1                    (3

Other, including foreign currency translation

            9       2                      11  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 175     $ 1,031     $ 1,544     $ 160      $ 271     $ 3,181  

Acquisitions

                                           

Dispositions

                                           

Other, including foreign currency translation

     (1     21       (1             (2     17  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 174     $ 1,052     $ 1,543     $ 160      $ 269     $ 3,198  

 

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 1 to 22 years on a straight-line basis. The Company reviews intangible assets for impairment quarterly and whenever events and circumstances indicate their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In addition, on an annual basis, the Company performs an impairment evaluation of all intangible assets by assessing the recoverability of the asset values based on the cash flows generated by the relevant assets or asset groups. An impairment is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds the asset’s fair value.

 

81


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The components of other intangible assets were as follows:

 

      2013      2012  

(Millions)

   Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships(a)

   $ 1,297      $ (660   $ 637      $ 1,238      $ (526   $ 712  

Other

     269        (89     180        428        (147     281  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,566      $ (749   $ 817      $ 1,666      $ (673   $ 993  

 

(a) Includes net intangibles acquired from airline partners of $290 million and $358 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including approximately $117 million and $156 million, respectively, from Delta.

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $193 million, $198 million and $189 million, respectively. Intangible assets acquired in both 2013 and 2012 are being amortized, on average, over 6 years.

Estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets over the next five years is as follows:

 

                                                                                              

(Millions)

   2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  

Estimated amortization expense

   $ 184      $ 164      $ 123      $ 72      $ 61  

OTHER

The Company had $541 million and $427 million in affordable housing and other tax credit investment partnership interests as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, included in other assets in the table above. The Company is a non-controlling partner in these tax credit investment partnerships, and therefore accounts for its ownership interests in accordance with GAAP governing equity method investments and joint ventures.

 

82


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 9

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

As of December 31, customer deposits were categorized as interest-bearing or non-interest-bearing as follows:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013      2012  

U.S.:

     

Interest-bearing

   $ 40,831      $ 39,649  

Non-interest-bearing (includes Card Member credit balances of:
2013, $340 million; 2012, nil)(a)

     360        10  

Non-U.S.:

     

Interest-bearing

     121        135  

Non-interest-bearing (includes Card Member credit balances of:
2013, $437 million; 2012, nil)(a)

     451        9  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 41,763      $ 39,803  

 

(a) Beginning the first quarter of 2013, the Company reclassified prospectively its Card Member credit balances from Card Member loans, Card Member receivables and other liabilities to customer deposits.

Customer deposits by deposit type as of December 31 were as follows:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013      2012  

U.S. retail deposits:

     

Savings accounts – Direct

   $ 24,550      $ 18,713  

Certificates of deposit:

     

Direct

     489        725  

Third-party

     6,929        8,851  

Sweep accounts – Third-party

     8,863        11,360  

Other retail deposits:

     

Non-U.S. deposits and U.S. non- interest bearing deposits

     155        154  

Card Member credit balances – U.S. and non-U.S.

     777          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 41,763      $ 39,803  

The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   U.S.      Non-U.S.      Total  

2014

   $ 2,735      $ 3      $ 2,738  

2015

     1,223                1,223  

2016

     1,658                1,658  

2017

     571                571  

2018

     1,040                1,040  

After 5 years

     191                191  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,418      $ 3      $ 7,421  

As of December 31, certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more were as follows:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013      2012  

U.S.

   $ 324      $ 475  

Non-U.S.

     2        1  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 326      $ 476  

 

83


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 10

DEBT

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The Company’s short-term borrowings outstanding, defined as borrowings with original maturities of less than one year, as of December 31 were as follows:

 

      2013     2012  

(Millions, except percentages)

   Outstanding Balance      Year-End Stated
Rate on Debt(a)
    Outstanding Balance      Year-End Stated
Rate on Debt(a)
 

Commercial paper

   $ 200        0.19   $        

Other short-term borrowings(b)(c)

     4,821        1.08       3,314        1.46  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,021        1.03   $ 3,314        1.46

 

(a) For floating-rate debt issuances, the stated interest rates are based on the floating rates in effect as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(b) Includes interest-bearing overdrafts with banks of $489 million and $615 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, balances include fully drawn secured borrowing facility (maturing on September 15, 2015, which was repaid on February 18, 2014), certain book overdrafts (i.e., primarily timing differences arising in the ordinary course of business), short-term borrowings from banks, as well as interest-bearing amounts due to merchants in accordance with merchant service agreements. The secured borrowing facility gives the Company the right to sell up to $2.0 billion face amount of eligible certificates issued from the Lending Trust.
(c) The Company paid $12.5 million and $1.4 million in fees to maintain the secured borrowing facility in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

84


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company’s long-term debt outstanding, defined as debt with original maturities of one year or greater, as of December 31 was as follows:

 

      2013     2012  

(Millions, except percentages)

   Maturity
Dates
     Outstanding
Balance(a)
    Year-End
Stated Rate
on Debt(b)
    Year-End
Effective
Interest
Rate with
Swaps(b)(c)
    Outstanding
Balance(a)
    Year-End
Stated Rate
on Debt(b)
    Year-End
Effective
Interest
Rate with
Swaps(b)(c)
 

American Express Company

               

(Parent Company only)

               

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     2014-2042       $ 8,784       5.43     4.60   $ 8,848       5.78     4.95

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2018        850       0.84                              

Subordinated Debentures(d)

     2036         749       6.80              749       6.80         

American Express Credit Corporation

               

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     2014-2018         14,875       3.13       2.03       17,163       4.20       2.39  

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2014-2016         2,855       1.14              2,203       1.59         

Borrowings under Bank Credit Facilities

     2015-2016         4,012       4.18              4,672       4.87         

American Express Centurion Bank

               

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     2015-2017         2,102       4.12       3.32       2,120       4.12       3.32  

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2015-2018         675       0.67              550       0.76         

American Express Bank, FSB

               

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     2017        999       6.00              2,764       5.68       3.68  

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2017        300       0.47              300       0.51         

American Express Charge Trust II

               

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2016-2018         4,200       0.49              3,000       0.49         

Floating Rate Subordinated Notes

     2016-2018         87       0.80                              

American Express Lending Trust

               

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     2015-2016         2,600       0.72              2,100       0.65         

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     2014-2018         10,685       0.81              12,810       0.90         

Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes

     2015        300       1.08              300       1.08         

Floating Rate Subordinated Notes

     2014-2018         847       0.81              1,091       0.93         

Other

               

Fixed Rate Instruments(e)

     2014-2030         239       3.95              123       5.94         

Floating Rate Borrowings

     2014-2016         276       0.62           292       0.65      

Unamortized Underwriting Fees

        (105         (112    

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Long-Term Debt

            $ 55,330       2.56           $ 58,973       3.04        

 

(a) The outstanding balances include (i) unamortized discount and premium, (ii) the impact of movements in exchange rates on foreign currency denominated debt and (iii) the impact of fair value hedge accounting on certain fixed-rate notes that have been swapped to floating rate through the use of interest rate swaps. Under fair value hedge accounting, the outstanding balances on these fixed-rate notes are adjusted to reflect the impact of changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. Refer to Note 12 for more details on the Company’s treatment of fair value hedges.
(b) For floating-rate debt issuances, the stated and effective interest rates are based on the floating rates in effect as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(c) Effective interest rates are only presented when swaps are in place to hedge the underlying debt.
(d) The maturity date will automatically be extended to September 1, 2066, except in the case of either (i) a prior redemption or (ii) a default. See further discussion on this page.
(e) Includes $109 million and $118 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to capitalized lease transactions.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Parent Company had $750 million principal outstanding of Subordinated Debentures that accrue interest at an annual rate of 6.8 percent until September 1, 2016, and at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.23 percent thereafter. At the Company’s option, the Subordinated Debentures are redeemable for cash after September 1, 2016 at 100 percent of the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest. If the Company fails to achieve specified performance measures, it will be required to issue common shares and apply the net proceeds to make interest payments on the Subordinated Debentures. No dividends on the Company’s common or preferred shares could be paid until such interest payments are made. The Company would fail to meet these specific performance measures if (i) the Company’s tangible common equity is less than 4 percent of total adjusted assets for the most recent quarter or (ii) if the trailing two quarters’ consolidated net income is equal to or less than zero and tangible common equity as of the trigger determination date, and as of the end of the quarter end six months prior, has in each case declined by 10 percent or more from tangible common equity as of the end of the quarter 18 months prior to the trigger determination date. The Company met the specified performance measures in 2013.

 

85


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Aggregate annual maturities on long-term debt obligations (based on final maturity dates) as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                    

(Millions)

   2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Thereafter      Total  

American Express Company (Parent Company only)

   $ 1,250      $       $ 600      $ 1,500      $ 3,850      $ 3,939      $ 11,139  

American Express Credit Corporation

     4,420        7,010        7,293        1,500        1,340                21,563  

American Express Centurion Bank

             1,305                1,300        125        1        2,731  

American Express Bank, FSB

                             1,300                        1,300  

American Express Charge Trust II

                     3,000                1,287                4,287  

American Express Lending Trust

     4,000        5,423        500        1,623        2,886                14,432  

Other

     179        143        161                        32        515  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,849      $ 13,881      $ 11,554      $ 7,223      $ 9,488      $ 3,972        55,967  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unamortized Underwriting Fees

                       (105

Unamortized Discount and Premium

                       (960

Impacts due to Fair Value Hedge Accounting

                       428  
                    

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

                                                         $ 55,330  

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company maintained total bank lines of credit of $7.0 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively. Of the total credit lines, $3.0 billion was undrawn as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012. Undrawn amounts support commercial paper borrowings and contingent funding needs. $4.8 billion and $2.2 billion of these credit facilities will expire in 2015 and 2016, respectively. The availability of these credit lines is subject to the Company’s compliance with certain financial covenants, principally, the maintenance by American Express Credit Corporation (Credco) of a 1.25 ratio of combined earnings and fixed charges to fixed charges. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was not in violation of any of its debt covenants.

Additionally, the Company maintained a 3-year committed, revolving, secured borrowing facility that gives the Company the right to sell up to $3.0 billion face amount of eligible notes issued from the Charge Trust II at any time through July 15, 2016. As of December 31, 2013, $3.0 billion was drawn on this facility. This facility was repaid on January 15, 2014.

The Company paid $44.9 million and $46.7 million in fees to maintain these lines in 2013 and 2012, respectively. These committed facilities do not contain material adverse change clauses, which might otherwise preclude borrowing under the credit facilities, nor are they dependent on the Company’s credit rating.

The Company paid total interest primarily related to short- and long-term debt, corresponding interest rate swaps and customer deposits of $2.0 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.4 billion in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 11

OTHER LIABILITIES

The following is a summary of other liabilities as of December 31:

 

                                     

(Millions) 

   2013      2012  

Membership Rewards liability 

   $ 6,151      $ 5,832  

Employee-related liabilities(a)

     2,227        2,224  

Rebate and reward accruals(b)

     2,210        2,079  

Deferred card and other fees, net 

     1,314        1,286  

Book overdraft balances

     442        532  

Other(c)

     4,566        5,604  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 

   $ 16,910      $ 17,557  

 

(a) Employee-related liabilities include employee benefit plan obligations and incentive compensation.
(b) Rebate and reward accruals include payments to third-party card-issuing partners and cash-back reward costs.
(c) Other includes accruals for general operating expenses, client incentives, advertising and promotion, restructuring and reengineering reserves and derivatives.

MEMBERSHIP REWARDS

The Membership Rewards program allows enrolled Card Members to earn points that can be redeemed for a broad range of rewards including travel, entertainment, retail certificates and merchandise. The Company records a balance sheet liability that represents management’s best estimate of the cost of points earned that are expected to be redeemed. An ultimate redemption rate and weighted average cost per point are key factors used to approximate Membership Rewards liability. Management uses statistical and actuarial models to estimate ultimate redemption rates based on redemption trends, current enrollee redemption behavior, card product type, enrollment tenure, card spend levels and credit attributes. The weighted-average cost per point is determined using actual redemptions during the previous 12 months, adjusted as appropriate for certain changes in redemption costs that are not representative of future cost expectations.

The expense for Membership Rewards points is included in marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services expenses. The Company periodically evaluates its liability estimation process and assumptions based on developments in redemption patterns, cost per point redeemed, partner contract changes and other factors.

DEFERRED CARD AND OTHER FEES, NET

The carrying amount of deferred card and other fees, net of deferred direct acquisition costs and reserves for membership cancellations as of December 31 was as follows:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013     2012  

Deferred card and other fees(a)

   $ 1,609     $ 1,566  

Deferred direct acquisition costs

     (164     (154

Reserves for membership cancellations

     (131     (126

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred card and other fees, net

   $ 1,314     $ 1,286  

 

(a) Includes deferred fees for Membership Rewards program participants.

NOTE 12

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company uses derivative financial instruments (derivatives) to manage exposures to various market risks. Derivatives derive their value from an underlying variable or multiple variables, including interest rate, foreign exchange, and equity index or price. These instruments enable end users to increase, reduce or alter exposure to various market risks and, for that reason, are an integral component of the Company’s market risk management. The Company does not engage in derivatives for trading purposes.

Market risk is the risk to earnings or value resulting from movements in market prices. The Company’s market risk exposure is primarily generated by:

 

 

Interest rate risk in its card, insurance and Travelers Cheque and other prepaid products businesses, as well as its investment portfolios; and

 

 

Foreign exchange risk in its operations outside the U.S. and the associated funding of such operations.

The Company centrally monitors market risks using market risk limits and escalation triggers as defined in its Asset/Liability Management Policy.

The Company’s market exposures are in large part byproducts of the delivery of its products and services. Interest rate risk arises through the funding of Card Member receivables and fixed-rate loans with variable-rate borrowings as well as through the risk to net interest margin from changes in the relationship between benchmark rates such as Prime and LIBOR.

Interest rate exposure within the Company’s charge card and fixed-rate lending products is managed by varying the proportion of total funding provided by short-term and variable-rate debt and deposits compared to fixed-rate debt and deposits. In addition, interest rate swaps are used from time to time to economically convert fixed-rate debt obligations to variable-rate obligations or to convert variable-rate debt obligations to fixed-rate obligations. The Company may change the mix between variable-rate and fixed-rate funding based on changes in business volumes and mix, among other factors.

Foreign exchange risk is generated by Card Member cross-currency charges, foreign currency balance sheet exposures, foreign subsidiary equity and foreign currency earnings in entities outside the U.S. The Company’s foreign exchange risk is managed primarily by entering into agreements to buy and sell currencies on a spot basis or by hedging this market exposure to the extent it is economically justified through various means, including the use of derivatives such as foreign exchange forwards and cross-currency swap contracts, which can help mitigate the Company’s exposure to specific currencies.

In addition to the exposures identified above, effective August 1, 2011, the Company entered into a total return contract (TRC) to hedge its exposure to changes in the fair value of its equity investment in ICBC in local currency. Under the terms of the TRC, the Company receives from the TRC counterparty an amount equivalent to any reduction in the fair value of its investment in ICBC in local currency, and the Company pays to the TRC counterparty an amount equivalent to any increase in the fair value of its investment in local currency, along with

 

87


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

all dividends paid by ICBC, as well as ongoing hedge costs. The TRC matures on August 1, 2014.

Derivatives may give rise to counterparty credit risk, which is the risk that a derivative counterparty will default on, or otherwise be unable to perform pursuant to, an uncollateralized derivative exposure. The Company manages this risk by considering the current exposure, which is the replacement cost of contracts on the measurement date, as well as estimating the maximum potential value of the contracts over the next 12 months, considering such factors as the volatility of the underlying or reference index. To mitigate derivative credit risk, counterparties are required to be pre-approved by the Company and rated as investment grade. Counterparty risk exposures are centrally monitored by the Company. Additionally, in order to mitigate the bilateral counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives, the Company has in certain instances entered into master netting agreements with its derivative counterparties, which provide a right of offset for certain exposures between the parties. A significant portion of the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is subject to such master netting agreements with its derivative counterparties. There are no instances in which management makes an accounting policy election to not net assets and liabilities subject to an enforceable master netting agreement on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. To further mitigate bilateral counterparty credit risk, the Company exercises its rights under executed credit support agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties. These agreements require that, in the event the fair value change in the net derivatives position between the two parties exceeds certain dollar thresholds, the party in the net liability position posts collateral to its counterparty. All derivative contracts cleared through a central clearinghouse are collateralized to the full amount of the fair value of the contracts.

In relation to the Company’s credit risk, under the terms of the derivative agreements it has with its various counterparties, the Company is not required to either immediately settle any outstanding liability balances or post collateral upon the occurrence of a specified credit risk-related event. Based on the assessment of credit risk of the Company’s derivative counterparties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company does not have derivative positions that warrant credit valuation adjustments.

The Company’s derivatives are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The accounting for changes in fair value depends on the instruments’ intended use and the resulting hedge designation, if any, as discussed below. Refer to Note 3 for a description of the Company’s methodology for determining the fair value of derivatives.

 

The following table summarizes the total fair value, excluding interest accruals, of derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31:

 

      Other Assets
Fair Value
    Other Liabilities
Fair Value
 

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate contracts

        

Fair value hedges

   $ 455     $ 824     $ 2     $   

Total return contract

        

Fair value hedge

     8                     19  

Foreign exchange contracts

        

Net investment hedges

     174       43       116       150  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     637       867       118       169  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Foreign exchange contracts, including certain embedded derivatives(a)

     64       75       95       160  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

     64       75       95       160  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives, gross

     701       942       213       329  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash collateral netting(b)

     (336     (326            (21

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative asset and derivative liability netting(c)

     (36     (23     (36     (23

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives, net(d)

   $ 329     $ 593     $ 177     $ 285  

 

(a) Includes foreign currency derivatives embedded in certain operating agreements.
(b) Represents the offsetting of derivative instruments and the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative instrument(s) executed with the same counterparty under an enforceable master netting arrangement. Additionally, the Company received noncash collateral in the form of security interest in U.S. Treasury securities with a fair value of nil and $335 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, none of which was sold or repledged. Such noncash collateral effectively further reduces the Company’s risk exposure to $329 million and $258 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, but does not reduce the net exposure on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company posted $26 million and nil as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as initial margin on its centrally cleared interest rate swaps not netted against the derivative balances.
(c) Represents the amount of netting of derivative assets and derivative liabilities executed with the same counterparty under an enforceable master netting arrangement.
(d) The Company has no individually significant derivative counterparties and therefore, no significant risk exposure to any single derivative counterparty. The total net derivative assets and derivative liabilities are presented within other assets and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

88


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS THAT QUALIFY FOR HEDGE ACCOUNTING

Derivatives executed for hedge accounting purposes are documented and designated as such when the Company enters into the contracts. In accordance with its risk management policies, the Company structures its hedges with terms similar to that of the item being hedged. The Company formally assesses, at inception of the hedge accounting relationship and on a quarterly basis, whether derivatives designated as hedges are highly effective in offsetting the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items. These assessments usually are made through the application of a regression analysis method. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, the Company will discontinue the application of hedge accounting.

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

A fair value hedge involves a derivative designated to hedge the Company’s exposure to future changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability, or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to a particular risk.

Interest Rate Contracts

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk associated with its fixed-rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to economically convert certain fixed-rate long-term debt obligations to floating-rate obligations at the time of issuance. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company hedged $14.7 billion and $18.4 billion, respectively, of its fixed-rate debt to floating-rate debt using interest rate swaps.

To the extent the fair value hedge is effective, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument offsets the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference between the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item is referred to as hedge ineffectiveness and is reflected in earnings as a component of other expenses. Hedge ineffectiveness may be caused by differences between the debt’s interest coupon and the benchmark rate, primarily due to credit spreads at inception of the hedging relationship that are not reflected in the valuation of the interest rate swap. Furthermore, hedge ineffectiveness may be caused by changes in the relationship between 3-month LIBOR and 1-month LIBOR, as well as between the overnight indexed swap rate (OIS) and 1-month LIBOR, as basis spreads may impact the valuation of the interest rate swap without causing an offsetting impact in the value of the hedged debt. If a fair value hedge is de-designated or no longer considered to be effective, changes in fair value of the derivative continue to be recorded through earnings but the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates. The existing basis adjustment of the hedged asset or liability is amortized or accreted as an adjustment to yield over the remaining life of that asset or liability.

Total Return Contract

The Company hedges its exposure to changes in the fair value of its equity investment in ICBC in local currency. The Company uses a TRC to transfer this exposure to its derivative counterparty. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of the equity investment in ICBC was $122 million (180.7 million shares) and $295 million (415.9 million shares), respectively. To the extent the hedge is effective, the gain or loss on the TRC offsets the loss or gain on the investment in ICBC. Any difference between the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item results in hedge ineffectiveness and is recognized in other expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The following table summarizes the impact on the Consolidated Statements of Income associated with the Company’s hedges of its fixed-rate long-term debt and its investment in ICBC for the years ended December 31:

 

     

Gains (losses) recognized in income

 

(Millions)

  

Derivative contract

    

Hedged item

    Net hedge
ineffectiveness
 

Derivative relationship

  

Income Statement    

Line Item

   Amount     

Income Statement

Line Item

   Amount    
      2013     2012     2011         2013     2012      2011     2013     2012     2011  

Interest rate contracts

   Other expenses    $ (370   $ (178   $ 128      Other expenses    $ 351     $ 132      $ (102   $ (19   $ (46   $ 26  

Total return contract

   Other non-interest revenues    $ 15     $ (53   $ 100       Other non-interest revenues    $ (15   $ 54      $ (112   $     $ 1     $ (12

 

The Company also recognized a net reduction in interest expense on long-term debt of $346 million, $491 million and $503 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily related to the net settlements (interest accruals) on the Company’s interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges.

CASH FLOW HEDGES

A cash flow hedge involves a derivative designated to hedge the Company’s exposure to variable future cash flows attributable to a particular risk. Such exposures may relate to either an existing recognized asset or liability or a forecasted transaction. The Company hedges existing long-term variable-rate debt, the rollover of short-term borrowings and the anticipated forecasted issuance of additional funding through the use of derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps. These derivative instruments economically convert floating-rate debt obligations to fixed-rate obligations for the duration of the instrument. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not hedge any of its floating-rate debt using interest rate swaps.

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivatives is recorded in AOCI and reclassified into earnings when the hedged cash flows are recognized in earnings. The amount that is reclassified into earnings is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the same line item in which the hedged instrument or transaction is recognized, primarily in interest expense. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company reclassified nil, $(1) million and $(13) million, respectively, from AOCI into earnings as a component of interest expense. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivatives is reported as a component of other expenses. If a cash flow hedge is

 

89


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

de-designated or terminated prior to maturity, the amount previously recorded in AOCI is recognized into earnings over the period that the hedged item impacts earnings. If a hedge relationship is discontinued because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur according to the original strategy, any related amounts previously recorded in AOCI are recognized into earnings immediately. No ineffectiveness associated with cash flow hedges was reclassified from AOCI into income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

In the normal course of business, as the hedged cash flows are recognized into earnings, the Company does not expect to reclassify any amount of net pretax losses on derivatives from AOCI into earnings during the next 12 months.

NET INVESTMENT HEDGES

A net investment hedge is used to hedge future changes in currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company primarily designates foreign currency derivatives, typically foreign exchange forwards, and on occasion foreign currency denominated debt, as hedges of net investments in certain foreign operations. These instruments reduce exposure to changes in currency exchange rates on the Company’s investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The effective portion of the gain or (loss) on net investment hedges, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI as part of the cumulative translation adjustment, was $253 million, $(288) million and $(26) million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Any ineffective portion of the gain or (loss) on net investment hedges is recognized in other expenses during the period of change. Ineffectiveness associated with net investment hedges of nil, nil and $(3) million were recognized as a component of other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No amounts associated with net investment hedges were reclassified from AOCI to income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGES

The Company has derivatives that act as economic hedges, but are not designated as such for hedge accounting purposes. Foreign currency transactions and non-U.S. dollar cash flow exposures from time to time may be partially or fully economically hedged through foreign currency contracts, primarily foreign exchange forwards, options and cross-currency swaps. These hedges generally mature within one year. Foreign currency contracts involve the purchase and sale of a designated currency at an agreed upon rate for settlement on a specified date. The changes in the fair value of the derivatives effectively offset the related foreign exchange gains or losses on the underlying balance sheet exposures. From time to time, the Company may enter into interest rate swaps to specifically manage funding costs related to its proprietary card business.

The Company has certain operating agreements containing payments that may be linked to a market rate or price, primarily foreign currency rates. The payment components of these agreements may meet the definition of an embedded derivative, in which case the embedded derivative is accounted for separately and is classified as a foreign exchange contract based on its primary risk exposure.

For derivatives that are not designated as hedges, changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings.

 

The following table summarizes the impact on pretax earnings of derivatives not designated as hedges, as reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31:

 

     

Pretax gains (losses)

 
          Amount  

Description (Millions) 

  

Income Statement Line Item

   2013      2012     2011  

Interest rate contracts

   Other expenses    $ 1      $ (1   $ 3  

Foreign exchange contracts(a)

   Interest and dividends on investment securities                     9  
   Interest expense on short-term borrowings                     3  
   Interest expense on long-term debt and other              (1     130  
   Other expenses      72        (56     51  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        $ 73      $ (58   $ 196  

 

(a) Foreign exchange contracts include embedded foreign currency derivatives. Gains (losses) on these embedded derivatives are included in other expenses.

 

90


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 13

GUARANTEES

The Company provides Card Member protection plans that cover losses associated with purchased products, as well as certain other guarantees in the ordinary course of business which are within the scope of GAAP governing the accounting for guarantees. For the Company, guarantees primarily consist of card and travel protection programs, including:

 

 

Return Protection — refunds the price of qualifying purchases made with the eligible cards where the merchant will not accept the return for up to 90 days from the date of purchase; and

 

 

Merchant Protection — protects Card Members primarily against non-delivery of goods and services, usually in the event of bankruptcy or liquidation of a merchant. When this occurs, the Card Member may dispute the transaction for which the Company will generally credit the Card Member’s account. If the Company is unable to collect the amount from the merchant, it will bear the loss for the amount credited to the Card Member.

In relation to its maximum potential undiscounted future payments as shown in the table that follows, to date, the Company has not experienced any significant losses related to guarantees. The Company’s initial recognition of guarantees is at fair value, which has been determined in accordance with GAAP governing fair value measurement. In addition, the Company establishes reserves when a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

The following table provides information related to such guarantees as of December 31:

 

      Maximum potential
undiscounted future
payments(a)
(Billions)
     Related liability(b)
(Millions)
 

Type of Guarantee 

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Card and travel operations(c)

   $ 44      $ 44      $ 88      $ 93  

Other(d)

     1        1        73        93  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 

   $ 45      $ 45      $ 161      $ 186  

 

(a) Represents the notional amounts that could be lost under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties. The Merchant Protection guarantee is calculated using management’s best estimate of maximum exposure based on all eligible claims as measured against annual billed business volumes.
(b) Included in other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(c) Primarily includes Return Protection and Merchant Protection.
(d) Primarily includes guarantees related to the Company’s business dispositions and real estate.

NOTE 14

COMMON AND PREFERRED SHARES

The following table shows authorized shares and provides a reconciliation of common shares issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions, except where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011  

Common shares authorized (billions)(a)

     3.6       3.6       3.6  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding at beginning of year

     1,105       1,164       1,197  

Repurchases of common shares

     (55     (69     (48

Other, primarily stock option exercises and restricted stock awards granted

     14       10       15  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding as of December 31

     1,064       1,105       1,164  

 

(a) Of the common shares authorized but unissued as of December 31, 2013, approximately 63 million shares are reserved for issuance under employee stock and employee benefit plans.

On March 25, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 150 million common shares over time, in accordance with the Company’s capital distribution plans submitted to the Federal Reserve and subject to market conditions. This authorization replaces all prior repurchase authorizations. During 2013 and 2012, the Company repurchased 55 million common shares with a cost basis of $4.0 billion and 69 million common shares with a cost basis of $4.0 billion, respectively. The cost basis includes commissions paid of $1.1 million and $1.0 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has 108 million common shares remaining under the Board share repurchase authorization. Such authorization does not have an expiration date.

Common shares are generally retired by the Company upon repurchase (except for 3.5 million, 3.9 million and 4.2 million shares held as treasury shares as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively); retired common shares and treasury shares are excluded from the shares outstanding in the table above. The treasury shares, with a cost basis of $260 million, $236 million and $217 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are included as a reduction to additional paid-in capital in shareholders’ equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Board of Directors is authorized to permit the Company to issue up to 20 million preferred shares at a par value of $1.662/3 without further shareholder approval. There were no preferred shares or warrants issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

91


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 15

CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

AOCI is a balance sheet item in the Shareholders’ Equity section of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is comprised of items that have not been recognized in earnings but may be recognized in earnings in the future when certain events occur. Changes in each component of AOCI for the three years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

(Millions), net of tax(a)

   Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Investment
Securities
    Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Cash Flow
Hedges
    Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Unrealized
Pension and Other
Postretirement
Benefit Losses
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

   $ 57     $ (7   $ (503   $ (464   $ (917

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     245       (2         243  

Reclassification for realized (gains) losses into earnings

     (14     8           (6

Net translation of investments in foreign operations

         (153       (153

Net losses related to hedges of investment in foreign operations

         (26       (26

Pension and other postretirement benefit losses

           (17     (17

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     231       6       (179     (17     41  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2011

     288       (1     (682     (481     (876

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     106             106  

Reclassification for realized (gains) losses into earnings

     (79     1       1         (77

Net translation of investments in foreign operations

         215         215  

Net losses related to hedges of investment in foreign operations

         (288       (288

Pension and other postretirement benefit losses

           (7     (7

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     27       1       (72     (7     (51

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2012

     315              (754     (488     (927

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     (159           (159

Reclassification for realized (gains) losses into earnings

     (93           (93

Net translation of investments in foreign operations

         (589       (589

Net gains related to hedges of investment in foreign operations

         253         253  

Pension and other postretirement benefit gains

           89       89  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (252            (336     89       (499

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2013

   $ 63           $ (1,090   $ (399   $ (1,426

 

(a) The following table shows the tax impact for the three years ended December 31 for the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Investment securities

   $ (142   $ 7     $ 149  

Cash flow hedges

            1       3  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (49     24       (40

Net investment hedges

     135       (176     (14

Pension and other postretirement benefit losses

     56              (7

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax impact

   $     $ (144   $ 91  

The following table presents the effects of reclassifications out of AOCI and into the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

(Millions)

 

 

  

 

 
Description   Income Statement Line Item    Amount  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain in AOCI reclassifications for previously unrealized net gains on investment securities

  Other non-interest revenues    $ 145  

Related income tax expense

  Income tax provision      (52

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

       $ 93  

 

92


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 16

RESTRUCTURING

From time to time, the Company initiates restructuring programs to become more efficient and effective, and to support new business strategies. In connection with these programs, the Company typically will incur severance and other exit costs.

During 2013, the Company recorded $(4) million of restructuring charges, consisting of revisions to prior estimates.

During 2012, the Company recorded $403 million of restructuring charges, net of revisions to prior estimates. The 2012 activity primarily relates to $400 million of restructuring charges recorded in the fourth quarter as the Company committed to undertake a Company-wide restructuring plan designed to contain future operating expenses, adapt parts of the business as more customers transact online or through mobile channels, and provide the resources for additional growth initiatives worldwide.

During 2011, the Company recorded $119 million of restructuring charges, net of revisions to prior estimates. The 2011 activity primarily relates to $105 million of restructuring charges the Company recorded throughout the year to further reduce its operating costs by reorganizing certain operations that occurred across all business units, markets and staff groups.

Restructuring charges related to severance obligations are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income, while charges pertaining to other exit costs are included in occupancy and equipment and other expenses.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring reserves activity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   Severance(a)     Other(b)     Total  

Liability balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 199     $ 16     $ 215  

Restructuring charges, net of $27 in revisions(c)

     96       23       119  

Payments

     (121     (8     (129

Other non-cash(d)

     (4     (1     (5

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability balance as of December 31, 2011

     170       30       200  

Restructuring charges, net of $16 in revisions(c)

     366       37       403  

Payments

     (124     (9     (133

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability balance as of December 31, 2012

     412       58       470  

Restructuring charges, $4 in revisions(c)

     (7     3       (4

Payments

     (206     (23     (229

Other non-cash(d)

     (3     (1     (4

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability balance as of December 31, 2013(e)

   $ 196     $ 37       $ 233  

 

(a) Accounted for in accordance with GAAP governing the accounting for nonretirement postemployment benefits and for costs associated with exit or disposal activities.
(b) Other primarily includes facility exit and contract termination costs.
(c) Revisions primarily relate to higher than anticipated redeployments of displaced employees to other positions within the Company, business changes and modifications to existing initiatives.
(d) Consists primarily of foreign exchange impacts.
(e) The majority of cash payments related to the remaining restructuring liabilities are expected to be completed in 2014, and to a lesser extent certain contractual long-term severance arrangements and lease obligations are expected to be completed in 2015 and 2019, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring charges, net of revisions, by reportable operating segment and Corporate & Other for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the cumulative amounts relating to the restructuring programs that were in progress during 2013 and initiated at various dates between 2009 and 2013.

 

                                                                           
      2013      Cumulative Restructuring Expense Incurred To  Date On
In-Progress Restructuring Programs
 

(Millions)

   Total Restructuring
Charges, net
revisions
     Severance      Other              Total  

USCS

   $ (7    $ 71      $ 6      $ 77  

ICS

     (8      110        1        111  

GCS

     (4      204        18        222  

GNMS

     7        55               55  

Corporate & Other

     8        89        68        157 (a) 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4    $ 529      $ 93      $ 622 (b) 

 

(a) Corporate & Other includes certain severance and other charges of $147 million related to Company-wide support functions which were not allocated to the Company’s reportable operating segments, as these were corporate initiatives, which is consistent with how such charges were reported internally.
(b) As of December 31, 2013, the total expenses to be incurred for previously approved restructuring activities that were in progress are not expected to be materially different than the cumulative expenses incurred to date for these programs.

 

93


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 17

INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 included in the Consolidated Statements of Income were as follows:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Current income tax expense:

      

U.S. federal

   $ 1,730     $ 982     $ 958  

U.S. state and local

     288       189       156  

Non-U.S.

     514       445       434  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     2,532       1,616       1,548  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

      

U.S. federal

     113       359       464  

U.S. state and local

     4       39       68  

Non-U.S.

     (120     (45     (23

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense

     (3     353       509  

Total income tax expense on continuing operations

   $ 2,529     $ 1,969     $ 2,057  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit from discontinued operations

   $     $     $ (36

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s actual income tax rate for the years ended December 31 on continuing operations was as follows:

 

                                                        

 

   2013     2012     2011  

U.S. statutory federal income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Tax-exempt income

     (1.6     (1.6     (1.5

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     3.1       2.5       2.6  

Non-U.S. subsidiaries earnings(a)

     (2.8     (5.2     (4.4

Tax settlements(b)

     (1.9     (0.2     (1.9

All other

     0.3             (0.2

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual tax rates(a)

     32.1     30.5     29.6

 

(a) Results for all years primarily included tax benefits associated with the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were deemed to be reinvested indefinitely. In addition, 2012 and 2011 included tax benefits of $146 million and $77 million, which decreased the actual tax rates by 2.3 percent and 1.1 percent, respectively, related to the realization of certain foreign tax credits.
(b) Relates to the resolution of tax matters in various jurisdictions.

The Company records a deferred income tax (benefit) provision when there are differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and for income tax return purposes. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are reflected in the following table:

 

                                     

(Millions)

   2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves not yet deducted for tax purposes

   $ 3,813     $ 3,828  

Employee compensation and benefits

     721       761  

Other

     546       537  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     5,080       5,126  

Valuation allowance

     (121     (162

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

     4,959       4,964  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangibles and fixed assets

     1,325       1,346  

Deferred revenue

     453       403  

Deferred interest

     363       378  

Asset Securitization

     130       73  

Other

     245       306  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     2,516       2,506  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 2,443     $ 2,458  

A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the benefit of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are associated with net operating losses and other deferred tax assets in certain non-U.S. operations of the Company.

Accumulated earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, which totaled approximately $9.6 billion as of December 31, 2013, are intended to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S. The Company does not provide for federal income taxes on foreign earnings intended to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S. Accordingly, federal taxes, which would have aggregated approximately $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2013, have not been provided on those earnings.

Net income taxes paid by the Company (including amounts related to discontinued operations) during 2013, 2012 and 2011, were approximately $2.0 billion, $1.9 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively. These amounts include estimated tax payments and cash settlements relating to prior tax years.

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates. These tax laws are complex, and the manner in which they apply to the taxpayer’s facts is sometimes open to interpretation. Given these inherent complexities, the Company must make judgments in assessing the likelihood that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the tax position. A tax position is recognized only when, based on management’s judgment regarding the application of income tax laws, it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting purposes is based on management’s best judgment of the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement with the taxing authority given the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. The Company adjusts the level of unrecognized tax benefits when there is new information available to assess the likelihood of the outcome.

 

94


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and tax authorities in other countries and states in which the Company has significant business operations. The tax years under examination and open for examination vary by jurisdiction. The IRS has completed its field examination of the Company’s federal tax returns for years through 2007; however, refund claims for certain years continue to be reviewed by the IRS. In addition, the Company is currently under examination by the IRS for the years 2008 through 2011.

The following table presents changes in unrecognized tax benefits:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Balance, January 1

   $ 1,230     $ 1,223     $ 1,377  

Increases:

      

Current year tax positions

     124       51       77  

Tax positions related to prior years

     176       64       247  

Decreases:

      

Tax positions related to prior years

     (371     (44     (457

Settlements with tax authorities

     (94     (25     (2

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (21     (37     (19

Effects of foreign currency translations

           (2      

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

   $ 1,044     $ 1,230     $ 1,223  

Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $1.0 billion for December 31, 2013 and $1.2 billion for both December 31, 2012 and 2011, are approximately $427 million, $452 million and $440 million, respectively, that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in a future period.

The Company believes it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next 12 months by as much as $632 million principally as a result of potential resolutions of prior years’ tax items with various taxing authorities. The prior years’ tax items include unrecognized tax benefits relating to the deductibility of certain expenses or losses and the attribution of taxable income to a particular jurisdiction or jurisdictions. Of the $632 million of unrecognized tax benefits, approximately $474 million relates to amounts that if recognized would be recorded to shareholders’ equity and would not impact the effective tax rate. With respect to the remaining $158 million, it is not possible to quantify the impact that the decrease could have on the effective tax rate and net income due to the inherent complexities and the number of tax years open for examination in multiple jurisdictions. Resolution of the prior years’ items that comprise this remaining amount could have an impact on the effective tax rate and on net income, either favorably (principally as a result of settlements that are less than the liability for unrecognized tax benefits) or unfavorably (if such settlements exceed the liability for unrecognized tax benefits).

Interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits are reported in the income tax provision. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized benefits of approximately $31 million, $8 million and $63 million, respectively, of interest and penalties. The Company has approximately $144 million and $155 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Discontinued operations for 2011 included the impact of a $36 million tax benefit related to the favorable resolution of certain prior years’ tax items related to American Express Bank, Ltd., which was sold to Standard Chartered PLC during the quarter ended March 31, 2008.

 

95


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 18

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (EPS)

The computations of basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

                                                        

(Millions, except per share amounts) 

  2013     2012     2011  

Numerator: 

     

Basic and diluted: 

     

Income from continuing operations 

  $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,899  

Earnings allocated to participating share awards(a)

    (47     (49     (58

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                36  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders 

  $ 5,312     $ 4,433     $ 4,877  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:(a)

     

Basic: Weighted-average common stock 

    1,082       1,135       1,178  

Add: Weighted-average stock options(b)

    7       6       6  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted 

    1,089       1,141       1,184  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic EPS:

     

Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders 

  $ 4.91     $ 3.91     $ 4.11  

Income from discontinued operations 

                0.03  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders 

  $ 4.91     $ 3.91     $ 4.14  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

     

Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders

  $ 4.88     $ 3.89     $ 4.09  

Income from discontinued operations 

                0.03  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders 

  $ 4.88     $ 3.89     $ 4.12  

 

(a) The Company’s unvested restricted stock awards, which include the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, are considered participating securities. Calculations of EPS under the two-class method exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities. The related participating securities are similarly excluded from the denominator.
(b) For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the dilutive effect of unexercised stock options excludes 0.1 million, 7.6 million and 19.2 million options, respectively, from the computation of EPS because inclusion of the options would have been anti-dilutive.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company met specified performance measures related to the Subordinated Debentures of $750 million issued in 2006, which resulted in no impact to EPS. If the performance measures were not achieved in any given quarter, the Company would be required to issue common shares and apply the proceeds to make interest payments.

NOTE 19

DETAILS OF CERTAIN CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME LINES

The following is a detail of other commissions and fees for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

  2013     2012     2011  

Foreign currency conversion revenue

  $ 877     $ 855     $ 861  

Delinquency fees

    667       604       567  

Service fees

    375       362       355  

Other(a)

    495       496       486  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other commissions and fees

  $ 2,414     $ 2,317     $ 2,269  

 

(a) Other primarily includes fee revenue from the Loyalty Partner business and fees related to Membership Rewards programs.

The following is a detail of other revenues for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

  2013     2012     2011  

Global Network Services partner revenues

  $ 650     $ 664     $ 655  

Net gain on investment securities

    136       126       16  

Other(a)

    1,488       1,635       1,493  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other revenues

  $ 2,274     $ 2,425     $ 2,164  

 

(a) Other includes revenues arising from insurance premiums earned from Card Member travel and other insurance programs, Travelers Cheques-related revenues, publishing revenues and other miscellaneous revenue and fees.

The following is a detail of marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

  2013     2012     2011  

Marketing and promotion

  $ 3,043     $ 2,890     $ 2,996  

Card Member rewards

    6,457       6,282       6,218  

Card Member services

    767       772       716  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketing, promotion, rewards and Card Member services

  $ 10,267     $ 9,944     $ 9,930  

Marketing and promotion expense includes advertising costs, which are expensed in the year in which the advertising first takes place. Card Member rewards expense includes the costs of rewards programs, including Membership Rewards and co-brand arrangements. Card Member services expense includes protection plans and complimentary services provided to Card Members.

The following is a detail of other, net for the years ended December 31:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

  2013     2012     2011  

Professional services

  $ 3,102     $ 2,963     $ 2,951  

Occupancy and equipment

    1,904       1,823       1,685  

Communications

    379       383       378  

MasterCard and Visa settlements, net of legal fees

                (562

Other(a)

    1,133       1,404       1,260  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other, net

  $ 6,518     $ 6,573     $ 5,712  

 

(a) Other expense includes general operating expenses, gains (losses) on sale of assets or businesses not classified as discontinued operations, litigation, certain internal and regulatory review-related reimbursements and insurance costs or settlements, investment impairments and certain Loyalty Partner expenses.

 

96


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 20

STOCK PLANS

STOCK OPTION AND AWARD PROGRAMS

Under the 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan and previously under the 1998 Incentive Compensation Plan, awards may be granted to employees and other key individuals who perform services for the Company and its participating subsidiaries. These awards may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock awards or units (RSAs), portfolio grants (PGs) or other incentives, and similar awards designed to meet the requirements of non-U.S. jurisdictions.

For the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plans, there were a total of 35 million, 36 million and 38 million common shares unissued and available for grant as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders.

The Company granted stock option awards to its Chief Executive Officer (CEO) in November 2007 and January 2008 that have performance-based and market-based conditions. These option awards are separately disclosed and are excluded from the information and tables presented in the following paragraphs.

A summary of stock option and RSA activity as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year is presented below:

 

      Stock Options      RSAs  

(Shares in thousands)

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares     Weighted-
Average

Grant
Price
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     31,861     $ 43.62        11,800     $ 40.31  

Granted

     463       61.76        3,867       60.13  

Exercised/vested

     (13,672     42.39        (5,559     33.24  

Forfeited

     (22     39.25        (530     50.31  

Expired

     (15     45.61                

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

     18,615       44.98        9,578     $ 51.88  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

     18,600       44.98               

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2013

     16,842     $ 44.51               

The Company recognizes the cost of employee stock awards granted in exchange for employee services based on the grant-date fair value of the award, net of expected forfeitures. Those costs are recognized ratably over the vesting period.

STOCK OPTIONS

Each stock option has an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and a contractual term of 10 years from the date of grant. Stock options generally vest 25 percent per year beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date.

The weighted-average remaining contractual life and the aggregate intrinsic value (the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) of the stock options outstanding, exercisable, and vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

 

   Outstanding      Exercisable      Vested and
Expected to
Vest
 

Weighted-average remaining contractual life (in years)

     4.4        4.0        4.4  

Aggregate intrinsic value (millions)

   $ 852      $ 778      $ 851  

The intrinsic value for options exercised during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $374 million, $209 million and $206 million, respectively (based upon the fair value of the Company’s stock price at the date of exercise). Cash received from the exercise of stock options in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $580 million, $368 million and $503 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized from income tax deductions from stock option exercises, which was recorded in additional paid-in capital, in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $84 million, $45 million and $60 million, respectively.

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants issued in 2013, 2012 and 2011, the majority of which were granted in the beginning of each year:

 

                                                        

 

  2013     2012     2011  

Dividend yield

    1.4 %     1.5 %     1.6 %

Expected volatility(a)

    39 %     41 %     40 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.3 %     1.3 %     2.3 %

Expected life of stock option (in years)(b)

    6.3       6.3       6.2  

Weighted-average fair value per option

  $ 21.11     $ 17.48     $ 16.21  

 

(a) The expected volatility is based on both weighted historical and implied volatilities of the Company’s common stock price.
(b) In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expected life of stock options was determined using both historical data and expectations of option exercise behavior.

STOCK OPTIONS WITH PERFORMANCE-BASED AND MARKET-BASED CONDITIONS

On November 30, 2007 and January 31, 2008, the Company’s CEO was granted in the aggregate 2,750,000 of non-qualified stock option awards with performance-based and market-based conditions. Both awards have a contractual term of 10 years and a vesting period of 6 years.

The aggregate grant date fair value of options with performance-based conditions was approximately $33.8 million. Compensation expense for these awards will be recognized over the vesting period when it is determined it is probable that the performance metrics will be achieved. No compensation expense for these awards was recorded in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

97


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The aggregate grant date fair value of options with market-based conditions was approximately $10.5 million. Compensation expense for these awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period irrespective of the probability of the market metric being achieved. Total compensation expense of approximately $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $2.4 million was recorded in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

RSAs are valued based on the stock price on the date of grant and generally vest 25 percent per year, beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date. RSA holders receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents. The total fair value of shares vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $336 million, $296 million and $221 million, respectively (based upon the Company’s stock price at the vesting date).

The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSAs granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011, is $60.13, $49.80 and $45.11, respectively.

LIABILITY-BASED AWARDS

Certain employees are awarded PGs and other incentive awards that can be settled with cash or equity shares at the Company’s discretion and final Compensation and Benefits Committee payout approval. These awards earn value based on performance, market and service conditions and vest over periods of one to three years.

PGs and other incentive awards are generally settled with cash and thus are classified as liabilities and, therefore, the fair value is determined at the date of grant and remeasured quarterly as part of compensation expense over the vesting period. Cash paid upon vesting of these awards in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $45 million, $66 million and $58 million, respectively.

Summary of Stock Plan Expense

The components of the Company’s total stock-based compensation expense (net of forfeitures) for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

                                                        

(Millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Restricted stock awards(a)

   $ 208      $ 197      $ 176  

Stock options(a)

     23        29        40  

Liability-based awards

     119        70        83  

Performance/market-based stock options

             1        2  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense(b)

   $ 350      $ 297      $ 301  

 

(a) As of December 31, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSAs and options of $232 million and $14 million, respectively, will be recognized ratably over the weighted-average remaining vesting period of 2.1 years and 1.8 years, respectively.
(b) The total income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for stock-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $127 million, $107 million and $105 million, respectively.

NOTE 21

RETIREMENT PLANS

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company sponsors defined contribution retirement plans, the principal plan being the Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), a 401(k) savings plan with a profit-sharing component. The RSP is a tax-qualified retirement plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and covers most employees in the U.S. The total expense for all defined contribution retirement plans globally was $281 million, $254 million and $252 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Company’s primary defined benefit pension plans that cover certain employees in the U.S. and United Kingdom are closed to new entrants and existing participants do not accrue any additional benefits. Most employees outside the U.S. and United Kingdom are covered by local retirement plans, some of which are funded, while other employees receive payments at the time of retirement or termination under applicable labor laws or agreements. The Company complies with minimum funding requirements in all countries. The Company sponsors unfunded other postretirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance to certain retired U.S. employees. The total expense for these plans was $59 million, $93 million and $74 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the funded status related to the defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans was underfunded by $661 million and $796 million, respectively, and is recorded in other liabilities.

 

98


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 22

SIGNIFICANT CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS

Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographic factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate credit exposure is material in relation to American Express’ total credit exposure. The Company’s customers operate in diverse industries, economic sectors and geographic regions.

The following table details the Company’s maximum credit exposure by category, including the credit exposure associated with derivative financial instruments, as of December 31:

 

                                     

(Billions)

  2013     2012  

On-balance sheet:

   

Individuals(a)

  $ 98     $ 95  

Financial institutions(b)

    22       25  

U.S. Government and agencies(c)

    4       5  

All other(d)

    17       16  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet(e)

    141       141  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unused lines-of-credit – individuals(f)

  $ 265     $ 253  

 

(a) Individuals primarily include Card Member loans and receivables.
(b) Financial institutions primarily include debt obligations of banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies and savings and loan associations.
(c) U.S. Government and agencies represent debt obligations of the U.S. Government and its agencies, states and municipalities and government-sponsored entities.
(d) All other primarily includes Card Member receivables from other corporate institutions.
(e) Certain distinctions between categories require management judgment.
(f) Because charge card products generally have no preset spending limit, the associated credit limit on charge products is not quantifiable. Therefore, the quantified unused line-of-credit amounts only include the approximate credit line available on lending products.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s most significant concentration of credit risk was with individuals, including Card Member receivables and loans. These amounts are generally advanced on an unsecured basis. However, the Company reviews each potential customer’s credit application and evaluates the applicant’s financial history and ability and willingness to repay. The Company also considers credit performance by customer tenure, industry and geographic location in managing credit exposure.

The following table details the Company’s Card Member loans and receivables exposure (including unused lines-of-credit on Card Member loans) in the U.S. and outside the U.S. as of December 31:

 

                                     

(Billions)

  2013     2012  

On-balance sheet:

   

U.S.

  $ 89     $ 85  

Non-U.S.

    22       23  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

On-balance sheet(a)(b)

    111       108  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unused lines-of-credit – individuals:

   

U.S.

    219       208  

Non-U.S.

    46       45  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unused lines-of-credit – individuals

  $ 265     $ 253  

 

(a) Represents Card Member loans to individuals as well as receivables from individuals and corporate institutions as discussed in footnotes (a) and (d) from the previous table.
(b) The remainder of the Company’s on-balance sheet exposure includes cash, investments, other loans, other receivables and other assets including derivative financial instruments. These balances are primarily within the U.S.

EXPOSURE TO THE AIRLINE INDUSTRY

The Company has multiple important co-brand, rewards and corporate payment arrangements with airlines. The Company’s largest airline partner is Delta and this relationship includes exclusive co-brand credit card partnerships and other arrangements including Membership Rewards, merchant acceptance, travel and corporate payments programs. American Express’ Delta SkyMiles Credit Card co-brand portfolio accounts for approximately 5 percent of the Company’s worldwide billed business and less than 15 percent of worldwide Card Member loans. Refer to Notes 4 and 8 for further information on receivables and other assets recorded by the Company relating to these relationships.

In recent years, the airline industry has undergone bankruptcies, restructurings, consolidations and other similar events. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant revenue declines when a particular airline scales back or ceases operations due to a bankruptcy or other financial challenges because volumes generated by that airline are typically shifted to other participants in the industry that accept the Company’s card products. The Company’s exposure to business and credit risk in the airline industry is primarily through business arrangements where the Company has remitted payment to the airline for a Card Member purchase of tickets that have not yet been used or “flown”. The Company mitigates this risk by delaying payment to the airlines with deteriorating financial situations, thereby increasing cash withheld to protect the Company in the event the airline is liquidated. To date, the Company has not experienced significant losses from airlines that have ceased operations.

 

99


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 23

REGULATORY MATTERS AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY

The Company is supervised and regulated by the Federal Reserve and is subject to the Federal Reserve’s requirements for risk-based capital and leverage ratios. The Company’s two U.S. bank operating subsidiaries, American Express Centurion Bank (Centurion Bank) and American Express Bank, FSB (FSB) (together, the Banks), are subject to supervision and regulation, including similar regulatory capital requirements by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), respectively.

The Federal Reserve’s guidelines for capital adequacy define two categories of risk-based capital: Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital (as defined in the regulations). Under the risk-based capital guidelines of the Federal Reserve, the Company is required to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and Total (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as a minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average adjusted on-balance sheet assets).

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators, that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Banks’ operating activities.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and its Banks met all capital requirements to which each was subject and maintained regulatory capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as well capitalized.

 

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Banks:

 

(Millions, except percentages)

   Tier 1
capital
     Total
capital
     Tier 1
capital ratio
    Total
capital ratio
    Tier 1
leverage ratio
 

December 31, 2013:

            

American Express Company

   $ 16,174      $ 18,585        12.5 %     14.4 %     10.9

American Express Centurion Bank

     6,366        6,765        19.9       21.2       19.0   

American Express Bank, FSB

     6,744        7,662        15.6       17.7       17.5 (a) 

December 31, 2012:

            

American Express Company

   $ 14,920      $ 17,349        11.9 %     13.8 %     10.2

American Express Centurion Bank

     5,814        6,227        17.6       18.9       17.0   

American Express Bank, FSB

     6,649        7,556        16.5       18.7       17.5 (a) 

Well-capitalized ratios(c)

           6.0 %     10.0 %     5.0 %(b) 

Minimum capital ratios(c)

                       4.0 %     8.0 %     4.0

 

(a) FSB leverage ratio is calculated using ending total assets as prescribed by OCC regulations applicable to federal savings banks.
(b) Represents requirements for banking subsidiaries to be considered “well-capitalized” pursuant to regulations issued under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. There is no “well-capitalized” definition for the Tier 1 leverage ratio for a bank holding company.
(c) As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.

 

RESTRICTED NET ASSETS OF SUBSIDIARIES

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on the transfer of net assets under debt agreements and regulatory requirements. These restrictions have not had any effect on the Company’s shareholder dividend policy and management does not anticipate any impact in the future. Procedures exist to transfer net assets between the Company and its subsidiaries, while ensuring compliance with the various contractual and regulatory constraints. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of net assets of subsidiaries that are restricted to be transferred to the Company was approximately $9.9 billion.

BANK HOLDING COMPANY DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

The Company is limited in its ability to pay dividends by the Federal Reserve, which could prohibit a dividend that would be considered an unsafe or unsound banking practice. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies generally should pay dividends on common stock only out of net income available to common shareholders generated over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s current and expected future capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Moreover, bank holding companies are required by statute to be a source of strength to their insured depository institution subsidiaries and should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to do so. On an annual basis, the Company is required to develop and maintain a capital plan, which includes planned dividends over a two-year horizon, and to submit the capital plan to the Federal Reserve.

 

100


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

BANKS’ DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, Centurion Bank paid dividends from retained earnings to its parent of $1.4 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, and FSB paid dividends from retained earnings to its parent of $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.

The Banks are subject to statutory and regulatory limitations on their ability to pay dividends. The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date, subject to supervisory considerations of the Banks’ regulators, is generally limited to the retained earnings of the respective bank. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Banks’ retained earnings, in the aggregate, available for the payment of dividends were $4.6 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively. In determining the dividends to pay its parent, the Banks must also consider the effects on applicable risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements, as well as policy statements of the federal regulatory agencies. In addition, the Banks’ banking regulators have authority to limit or prohibit the payment of a dividend by the Banks under a number of circumstances, including if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization.

NOTE 24

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL CONTINGENCIES

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in a number of legal proceedings concerning matters arising out of the conduct of their respective business activities and are periodically subject to governmental and regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, subpoenas, inquiries and investigations (collectively, governmental examinations). As of December 31, 2013, the Company and various of its subsidiaries were named as a defendant or were otherwise involved in numerous legal proceedings and governmental examinations in various jurisdictions, both in and outside the U.S. The Company discloses its material legal proceedings and governmental examinations under “Legal Proceedings” in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Legal Proceedings).

The Company has recorded liabilities for certain of its outstanding legal proceedings and governmental examinations. A liability is accrued when it is both (a) probable that a loss has occurred and (b) the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. As discussed below, there may be instances in which an exposure to loss exceeds the accrued liability. The Company evaluates, on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings and governmental examinations that could cause an increase or decrease in the amount of the liability that has been previously accrued or a revision to the disclosed estimated range of possible losses, as applicable.

The Company’s legal proceedings range from cases brought by a single plaintiff to class actions with millions of putative class members. These legal proceedings, as well as governmental examinations, involve various lines of business of the Company and a variety of claims (including, but not limited to, common law tort, contract, antitrust and consumer protection claims), some of which present novel factual allegations and/or unique legal theories. While some matters pending against the Company specify the damages claimed by the plaintiff, many seek a not-yet-quantified amount of damages or are at very early stages of the legal process. Even when the amount of damages claimed against the Company are stated, the claimed amount may be exaggerated and/or unsupported. As a result, some matters have not yet progressed sufficiently through discovery and/or development of important factual information and legal issues to enable the Company to estimate a range of possible loss.

Other matters have progressed sufficiently through discovery and/or development of important factual information and legal issues so that the Company is able to estimate a range of possible loss. Accordingly, for those legal proceedings and governmental examinations disclosed or referred to in Legal Proceedings where a loss is reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, and for which the Company is able to estimate a range of possible loss, the current estimated range is zero to $440 million in excess of any accrued liability related to these matters. This aggregate range represents management’s estimate of possible loss with respect to these matters and is based on currently available information. This estimated range of possible loss does not represent the Company’s maximum loss exposure. The legal proceedings and governmental examinations underlying the estimated range will change from time to time and actual results may vary significantly from current estimates.

Based on its current knowledge, and taking into consideration its litigation-related liabilities, the Company believes it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal proceeding or governmental examination that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or liquidity. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters, the ultimate outcome of a particular matter could be material to the Company’s operating results for a particular period depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of the Company’s earnings for that period.

VISA AND MASTERCARD SETTLEMENTS

As previously disclosed, the Company reached settlement agreements with Visa and MasterCard. Under the terms of the settlement agreements, the Company received aggregate maximum payments of $4.05 billion. The settlement with Visa comprised an initial payment of $1.13 billion ($700 million after-tax) that was recorded as a gain in 2007. Having met quarterly performance criteria, the Company recognized $280 million ($172 million after-tax) from Visa in 2011, and $300 million ($186 million after-tax) from MasterCard in 2011. These payments are included in other expenses within Corporate & Other. During the second and fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received the final payments on the MasterCard and Visa litigation settlements, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

OTHER CONTINGENCIES

The Company also has contingent obligations to make payments under contractual agreements entered into as part of the ongoing operation of the Company’s business, primarily with co-brand partners. The contingent obligations under such arrangements were approximately $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2013.

RENT EXPENSE AND LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable and cancelable agreements. The total rental expense amounted to $281 million in 2013 (including lease termination penalties of $6 million), $305 million in 2012 (including lease termination penalties of $13 million) and $280 million in 2011.

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under all noncancelable operating leases (net of subleases of $23 million) was as follows:

 

(Millions)

  

 

 

2014

   $ 237  

2015

     196  

2016

     157  

2017

     132  

2018

     114  

Thereafter

     922  

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,758  

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s future minimum lease payments under capital leases or other similar arrangements is approximately $11 million in 2014, $4 million in 2015 through 2018, and $14 million thereafter.

NOTE 25

REPORTABLE OPERATING SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC OPERATIONS

REPORTABLE OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company is a leading global payments and travel company that is principally engaged in businesses comprising four reportable operating segments: USCS, ICS, GCS and GNMS.

The Company considers a combination of factors when evaluating the composition of its reportable operating segments, including the results reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, economic characteristics, products and services offered, classes of customers, product distribution channels, geographic considerations (primarily U.S. versus non-U.S.), and regulatory environment considerations. The following is a brief description of the primary business activities of the Company’s four reportable operating segments:

 

 

USCS issues a wide range of card products and services to consumers and small businesses in the U.S., and provides consumer travel services to Card Members and other consumers.

 

 

ICS issues proprietary consumer and small business cards outside the U.S.

 

 

GCS offers global corporate payment and travel-related products and services to large and mid-sized companies.

 

 

GNMS operates a global payments network which processes and settles proprietary and non-proprietary card transactions. GNMS acquires merchants and provides point-of-sale products, multi-channel marketing programs and capabilities, services and data, leveraging the Company’s global closed-loop network. It provides ATM services and enters into partnership agreements with third-party card issuers and acquirers, licensing the American Express brand and extending the reach of the global network.

Corporate functions and auxiliary businesses, including the Company’s Enterprise Growth Group (including Global Payment Options) and other Company operations, are included in Corporate & Other.

 

102


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents certain selected financial information as of or for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

(Millions, except where indicated)

  USCS     ICS     GCS     GNMS     Corporate &
Other(a)
    Consolidated  

2013

           

Non-interest revenues

  $ 12,123     $ 4,644     $ 5,085     $ 5,229     $ 846     $ 27,927  

Interest income

    5,565       1,118       13       32       277       7,005  

Interest expense

    693       361       245       (252     911       1,958  

Total revenues net of interest expense

    16,995       5,401       4,853       5,513       212       32,974  

Total provision

    1,417       444       159       69       21       2,110  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

    4,994       643       1,244       2,469       (1,462     7,888  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    1,801       12       384       894       (562     2,529  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    3,193       631       860       1,575       (900     5,359  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (billions)

    9.3       3.1       3.7       2.0       1.4       19.5  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

           

Non-interest revenues

    11,469       4,561       4,995       5,005       897       26,927  

Interest income

    5,342       1,147       11       23       331       6,854  

Interest expense

    765       402       257       (243     1,045       2,226  

Total revenues net of interest expense

    16,046       5,306       4,749       5,271       183       31,555  

Total provision

    1,429       330       136       74       21       1,990  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

    4,069       659       960       2,219       (1,456     6,451  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    1,477       25       316       776       (625     1,969  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    2,592       634       644       1,443       (831     4,482  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (billions)

    8.7       2.9       3.6       2.0       1.7       18.9  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

           

Non-interest revenues

    10,804       4,470       4,880       4,713       719       25,586  

Interest income

    5,074       1,195       9       5       413       6,696  

Interest expense

    807       426       264       (224     1,047       2,320  

Total revenues net of interest expense

    15,071       5,239       4,625       4,942       85       29,962  

Total provision

    687       268       76       75       6       1,112  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

    4,129       762       1,075       1,979       (989     6,956  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    1,449       39       337       686       (454     2,057  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    2,680       723       738       1,293       (535     4,899  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (billions)

  $ 8.8     $ 2.8     $ 3.6     $ 2.0     $ 1.6     $ 18.8  

 

(a) Corporate & Other includes adjustments and eliminations for intersegment activity.

 

Total Revenues Net of Interest Expense

The Company allocates discount revenue and certain other revenues among segments using a transfer pricing methodology. Within the USCS, ICS and GCS segments, discount revenue reflects the issuer component of the overall discount revenue generated by each segment’s Card Members; within the GNMS segment, discount revenue reflects the network and acquirer component of the overall discount revenue. Net card fees and travel commissions and fees are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported.

Interest and fees on loans and certain investment income is directly attributable to the segment in which it is reported. Interest expense reflects an allocated funding cost based on a combination of segment funding requirements and internal funding rates.

Provisions for Losses

The provisions for losses are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported.

Expenses

Marketing and promotion expenses are reflected in each segment based on actual expenses incurred, with the exception of brand advertising, which is primarily reflected in the GNMS and USCS segments. Rewards and Card Member services expenses are reflected in each segment based on actual expenses incurred within each segment.

Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses reflect expenses such as professional services, occupancy and equipment and communications incurred directly within each segment. In addition, expenses related to the Company’s support services, such as technology costs, are allocated to each segment primarily based on support service activities directly attributable to the segment. Other overhead expenses, such as staff group support functions, are allocated from Corporate & Other to the other segments based on a mix of each segment’s direct consumption of services and relative level of pretax income.

Capital

Each business segment is allocated capital based on established business model operating requirements, risk measures and regulatory capital requirements. Business model operating requirements include capital needed to support operations and specific balance sheet items. The risk measures include considerations for credit, market and operational risk.

Income Taxes

An income tax provision (benefit) is allocated to each business segment based on the effective tax rates applicable to various businesses that comprise the segment.

 

103


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

GEOGRAPHIC OPERATIONS

The following table presents the Company’s total revenues net of interest expense and pretax income (loss) from continuing operations in different geographic regions:

 

(Millions)

   U.S.      EMEA(a)      JAPA(a)      LACC(a)      Other
Unallocated(b)
    Consolidated  

2013(c)

                

Total revenues net of interest expense

   $ 23,745      $ 3,700       $ 2,952       $ 2,900       $ (323   $ 32,974  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

     7,679        524         488         701         (1,504     7,888  

2012(c)

                

Total revenues net of interest expense

   $ 22,631      $ 3,594       $ 3,106       $ 2,774       $ (550   $ 31,555  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

     6,468        505         426         605         (1,553     6,451  

2011(c)

                

Total revenues net of interest expense

   $ 21,254      $ 3,551       $ 3,071       $ 2,706       $ (620   $ 29,962  

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations

     6,971        620         430         583         (1,648     6,956  

 

(a) EMEA represents Europe, the Middle East and Africa; JAPA represents Japan, Asia/Pacific and Australia; and LACC represents Latin America, Canada and the Caribbean.
(b) Other Unallocated includes net costs which are not directly allocable to specific geographic regions, including costs related to the net negative interest spread on excess liquidity funding and executive office operations expenses.
(c) The data in the above table is, in part, based upon internal allocations, which necessarily involve management’s judgment.

 

104


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 26

PARENT COMPANY

PARENT COMPANY – CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

                                                        

Years Ended December 31 (Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Revenues

      

Non-interest revenues

      

Gain on sale of securities

   $ 135     $ 121     $ 15  

Other

     5       (12     3  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     140       109       18  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     134       137       142  

Interest expense

     (583     (609     (633

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues net of interest expense

     (309     (363     (473

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     206       165       173  

Other

     261       214       186  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     467       379       359  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pretax loss

     (776     (742     (832

Income tax benefit

     (297     (258     (346

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before equity in net income of subsidiaries and affiliates

     (479     (484     (486

Equity in net income of subsidiaries and affiliates

     5,838       4,966       5,385  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     5,359       4,482       4,899  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                  36  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,935  

PARENT COMPANY – CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

                                     

As of December 31 (Millions)

   2013     2012  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,076     $ 4,797  

Investment securities

     123       296  

Equity in net assets of subsidiaries and affiliates of continuing operations

     19,571       19,087  

Accounts receivable, less reserves

     378       655  

Premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation: 2013, $76; 2012, $59

     136       117  

Loans to subsidiaries and affiliates

     5,236       6,733  

Due from subsidiaries and affiliates

     1,126       1,189  

Other assets

     335       441  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     32,981       33,315  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     1,386       1,474  

Due to subsidiaries and affiliates

     926       1,069  

Short-term debt of subsidiaries and affiliates

     819       2,316  

Long-term debt

     10,354       9,570  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     13,485       14,429  

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common shares

     213       221  

Additional paid-in capital

     12,202       12,067  

Retained earnings

     8,507       7,525  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,426     (927

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     19,496       18,886  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 32,981     $ 33,315  

 

105


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

PARENT COMPANY — CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

                                                        

Years Ended December 31 (Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,935  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in net income of subsidiaries and affiliates:

      

– Continuing operations

     (5,838     (4,966     (5,385

– Discontinued operations

                 (36

Dividends received from subsidiaries and affiliates

     4,768       3,355       3,773  

Gain on sale of securities

     (135     (121     (15

Other operating activities, primarily with subsidiaries and affiliates

     324       196       671  

Premium paid on debt exchange

           (541      

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,478       2,405       3,943  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Sale of investments

     157       118       20  

Purchase of investments

                 (2

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (39     (38     (35

Loans to subsidiaries and affiliates

     1,498       (1,601     (189

Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates

           (11     (18

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,616       (1,532     (224

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Issuance/(principal payments) of/on long-term debt

     843             (400

Short-term debt of subsidiaries and affiliates

     (1,497     1,421       895  

Issuance of American Express common shares and other

     721       443       594  

Repurchase of American Express common shares

     (3,943     (3,952     (2,300

Dividends paid

     (939     (902     (861

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (4,815     (2,990     (2,072

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,279       (2,117     1,647  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     4,797       6,914       5,267  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 6,076     $ 4,797     $ 6,914  

Supplemental cash flow information

      

Non-cash financing activities

      

Impact of debt exchange on long-term debt

   $     $ 439     $  

 

106


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 27

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

                                                                                                       

(Millions, except per share amounts)

  2013     2012  

Quarters Ended

                12/31                    9/30                    6/30                    3/31                12/31(b)                    9/30                      6/30                      3/31   

Total revenues net of interest expense

  $ 8,547     $ 8,301     $ 8,245     $ 7,881     $ 8,141     $ 7,862     $ 7,965     $ 7,587  

Pretax income

    1,980       2,004       1,995       1,909       929       1,870       1,879       1,773  

Net income

    1,308       1,366       1,405       1,280       637       1,250       1,339       1,256  

Earnings Per Common Share – Basic:

               

Net income attributable to common shareholders(a)

  $ 1.22     $ 1.26     $ 1.28     $ 1.15     $ 0.57     $ 1.10     $ 1.16     $ 1.07  

Earnings Per Common Share – Diluted:

               

Net income attributable to common shareholders(a)

    1.21       1.25       1.27       1.15       0.56       1.09       1.15       1.07  

Cash dividends declared per common share

    0.23       0.23       0.23       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  

Common share price:

               

High

    90.79       78.63       78.61       67.48       59.40       59.73       61.42       59.26  

Low

  $ 72.08     $ 71.47     $ 63.43     $ 58.31     $ 53.02     $ 54.35     $ 53.18     $ 47.40  

 

(a) Represents net income, less earnings allocated to participating share awards of $11 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, $12 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, $13 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, $11 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, $7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2012, and $14 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012 and March 31, 2012.
(b) The results of operations for the quarter ended December 31, 2012 included a $400 million restructuring charge ($287 million after-tax), a $342 million Membership Rewards expense ($212 million after-tax) and $153 million ($95 million after-tax) of Card Member reimbursements. The $153 million includes amounts related to prior periods, with $49 million relating to the first three quarters of 2012 and $83 million relating to periods prior to January 1, 2012. The Company has assessed the materiality of these errors on all prior periods and concluded that the impact was not material to those prior periods or to any quarter or full year for 2012.

 

107


Table of Contents

AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

                                                                                    

(Millions, except per share amounts, share data, percentages and where indicated)

   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Operating Results

          

Total revenues net of interest expense(a)

   $ 32,974     $ 31,555     $ 29,962     $ 27,582     $ 24,336  

Expenses(a)

     22,976       23,114       21,894       19,411       16,182  

Provisions for losses

     2,110       1,990       1,112       2,207       5,313  

Income from continuing operations

     5,359       4,482       4,899       4,057       2,137  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                 36             (7

Net income

   $ 5,359     $ 4,482     $ 4,935     $ 4,057     $ 2,130  

Return on average equity(b)

     27.8 %     23.1 %     27.7 %     27.5 %     14.6 %

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,486     $ 22,250     $ 24,893     $ 16,356     $ 16,599  

Accounts receivable, net

     47,185       45,914       44,109       40,434       38,204  

Loans, net

     66,585       64,309       61,166       57,616       30,010  

Investment securities

     5,016       5,614       7,147       14,010       24,337  

Total assets

     153,375       153,140       153,337       146,689       125,145  

Customer deposits

     41,763       39,803       37,898       29,727       26,289  

Travelers Cheques outstanding and other prepaid products

     4,240       4,601       5,123       5,618       5,975  

Short-term borrowings(c)

     5,021       3,314       4,337       3,620       2,344  

Long-term debt

     55,330       58,973       59,570       66,416       52,338  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 19,496     $ 18,886     $ 18,794     $ 16,230     $ 14,406  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Share Statistics

          

Earnings per share:

          

Income from continuing operations:

          

Basic

   $ 4.91     $ 3.91     $ 4.11     $ 3.37     $ 1.55  

Diluted

     4.88       3.89       4.09       3.35       1.54  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations:

          

Basic

                 0.03             (0.01 )

Diluted

                 0.03              

Net income:

          

Basic

     4.91       3.91       4.14       3.37       1.54  

Diluted

     4.88       3.89       4.12       3.35       1.54  

Cash dividends declared per share

     0.89       0.80       0.72       0.72       0.72  

Book value per share

     18.32       17.09       16.15       13.56       12.08  

Market price per share:

          

High

     90.79       61.42       53.8       49.19       42.25  

Low

     58.31       47.40       41.30       36.6       9.71  

Close

   $ 90.73     $ 57.48     $ 47.17     $ 42.92     $ 40.52  

Average common shares outstanding for earnings per share:

          

Basic

     1,082       1,135       1,178       1,188       1,168  

Diluted

     1,089       1,141       1,184       1,195       1,171  

Shares outstanding at period end

     1,064       1,105       1,164       1,197       1,192  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Statistics

          

Number of employees at period end (thousands):

          

U.S.

     26       27       29       29       28  

Outside the U.S.

     37       37       33       32       31  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(d)

     63       64       62       61       59  

Number of shareholders of record

     22,238       32,565       35,541       38,384       41,273  

 

(a) In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reclassified $27 million on the December 31, 2012 Consolidated Statements of Income by reducing other revenue and reducing marketing, promotion, rewards, and Card Member services expense, from amounts previously reported in order to conform to the current period presentation.
(b) Return on average equity is calculated by dividing one-year period of net income by one-year average of total shareholders’ equity.
(c) In the first quarter of 2012, the Company reclassified $913 million and $206 million on the December 31, 2011 and 2010 Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively, by increasing short-term borrowings and reducing other liabilities, from amounts previously reported in order to correct the effect of a misclassification.
(d) Amounts include employees from discontinued operations.

 

108